TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: Minor spelling and punctuation errors have been corrected but accents are retained as printed: inconsistently. The exception is the replacement of A’ with Á, and so on.

EXERCISES
UPON THE DIFFERENT
PARTS of ITALIAN SPEECH

WITH
REFERENCES
TO
VENERONI’S GRAMMAR:

TO WHICH IS ADDED,

AN ABRIDGMENT OF THE ROMAN HISTORY,
INTENDED AT ONCE TO MAKE THE LEARNER ACQUAINTED WITH
HISTORY, AND THE IDIOM OF THE ITALIAN LANGUAGE.

By F. BOTTARELLI, A. M.

The Eighth Edition, carefully revised and corrected.

By G. B. ROLANDI.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR J. COLLINGWOOD; LONGMAN, HURST, REES
ORME & BROWN; SIMPKIN & MARSHALL; G. & W. B.
WHITTAKER; T. BOOSEY & SONS; AND J. BOOKER.

1822.

Printed by T. C. Hansard, Peterboro’-court, Fleet-street, London.

PREFACE.

Amidst the laudable endeavours for the advancement of the Italian language, it is surprising that an easy and expeditious method of teaching it has been, in a great measure, neglected; and that beginners have hitherto been left without proper assistance. Under this impression, I have composed these Exercises upon the Syntax of Veneroni’s Italian Grammar; with what success I have executed the task, must be submitted to the decision of qualified and impartial judges.

These Exercises comprehend all the difficulties, and idiomatical expressions of the Italian language; the rules and exceptions of which are exemplified after such a method, that a learner cannot fail to become master of that language who has carefully gone through them once or twice.

The examples are of three sorts; the first, immediately following the rule, are short: as nothing farther is designed by them, than to illustrate that particular rule. The second sort are longer, and in them, not only the rule to which they refer, is exemplified, but also the foregoing ones are again brought into practice, the better to imprint them on the memory: since, were it not for this contrivance, learners would forget one rule, while they were learning another; the examples of the third kind, contain all the preceding, and some of the subsequent rules promiscuously; and for these reasons, are not to be attempted, until the student has gone twice at least, through the former part (for I think it advisable they should go through it more than once).

The radical Italian words are interlined, a thing very useful and requisite in a work of this nature, as well to save the trouble of consulting Dictionaries, as to prevent the use of improper terms, and wrong spelling, otherwise unavoidable; and those who wish to learn the Italian language, will thereby be enabled to make a much quicker progress than they could possibly do by the tedious task of searching a Dictionary for the words they require.

I have frequently omitted such words as had been often mentioned before, presuming there was no occasion for such repetition; and in order to excite attention in learners, that they might recollect what they had learned, and exert both their memory and judgment, or, on memory failing them, have recourse to a Dictionary, as a last resource. For these reasons, in the latter part of the Exercises, there are scarcely any Italian words but nouns and verbs, all the other parts of speech having already been gone through.

There is added, by way of Appendix, an Abridgment of the Roman History. As history is one of the most easy and entertaining parts of literature, and as that of the ancient Romans is absolutely necessary to a proper understanding of the Classics, I hope this addition will prove highly beneficial to young beginners.

N. B. Great pains have been taken to render this new Edition of Bottarelli’s Italian Exercises more perfect than any hitherto published. In order to facilitate the Italian pronunciation, the words have been accented according to the plan of Veneroni’s Grammar; the references to Veneroni have been compared, and carefully corrected, and many new ones added, together with several Notes and Remarks. All obsolete and improper phrases have been expunged; and the Chronology of the Roman History has been improved by the addition of Dates to each respective chapter: in short, on account of the many additions, alterations, and improvements, this edition may almost be considered as a new book, and a worthy companion of the celebrated Grammar of Veneroni.

⁂ A new Edition of the Key to these Exercises is just published.

ITALIAN EXERCISES.

ON THE ACCIDENCE OF VERBS.

Regular Verbs of the First Conjugation. [See Veneroni’s Grammar, page 88.]

I love,

am-áre

thou acquirest,

acquist-áre

he respects,

rispett-áre

we salute,

salut-áre

you speak,

parl-áre

ye pass,

pass-áre

they walk.

spasseggi-áre.

I did call,

chiam-áre

thou didst prattle,

ciarl-áre

he did command,

comand-áre

we did begin,

cominci-áre

you did buy,

compr-áre

they did confess.

confess-áre.

I confirmed,

conferm-áre

thou didst deliver,

consegn-áre

he preserved,

preserv-áre

we considered,

consider-áre

you advised,

consigli-áre

they contended.

contrast-áre.

I have declined,

declin-áre

thou hast courted,

corteggi-áre

he has cured,

cur-áre

we have crowned,

coron-áre

you have dedicated,

[1]dedic-áre

they have supped.

cen-áre.

I had wished,

desider-áre

thou hadst declared,

dichiar-áre

he had dispensed,

dispens-áre

we had assembled,

radun-áre

you had undeceived,

disingann-áre

they had wasted.

scialacqu-áre.

I will expect,

aspett-áre

thou shalt arrive,

arriv-áre

he will assault,

assalt-áre

we will assure,

assicur-áre

you will wish,

augur-áre

they shall increase.

aument-áre.

Dance,

ball-áre

let him change,

cambi-áre

let us walk,

passeggi-áre

sing ye,

cant-áre

let them certify.

[2]certific-áre.

That I may fast,

digiun-áre

that thou mayest besiege,

assedi-áre

that he may ride,

[2]cavalc-áre

that we may punish,

[2]castig-áre

that you may pass,

pass-áre

that they may cause.

cagion-áre.

That I might caress,

accarezz-áre

that thou mightest burn,

abbruci-áre

that he might stoop,

[2]abbass-ársi

that we might accept,

accett-áre

that you might embrace,

abbracci-áre

that they might mend.

accomod-áre.

I should accompany,

accompagn-áre

thou shouldst accuse,

accus-áre

he should baptize,

battezz-áre

we should mistrust,

[3]diffid-ársi

you should venture,

[2]arrisic-áre

they should administer.

amministr-áre.

That I may have lamented,

lament-áre

that thou mayest have invented,

invent-áre

that he may have governed,

govern-áre

that we may have tamed,

addimestic-áre

that you may have asked,

domand-áre

that they may have experienced.

speriment-áre.

That I might have formed,

form-áre

that thou mightest have taken away,

lev-áre

that he might have sent,

mand-áre

that we might have prepared,

prepar-áre

that you might have deprived,

priv-áre

that they might have resembled.

rassomigli-áre.

I should have prolonged,

[2]prolung-áre

thou shouldst have tried,

prov-áre

he should have remedied,

rimedi-áre

we should have refused,

rifiut-áre

you should have carried back again,

riport-áre

they should have prayed.

[2]preg-áre.

I shall or will have warmed,

riscald-áre

thou shalt have transferred,

trasport-áre

he shall have judged,

[4]giudic-áre

we shall have fortified,

[4]fortific-áre

you shall have inflamed,

infiamm-áre

they shall have failed.

[4]manc-áre.

[1] Verbs ending in care and gare, introduce h before e and i: wherefore, you must here write certifichino, not certificino. See Veneroni’s Grammar, page 92.

[2] See Gram. p. 92.

[3] Abbassarsi is for abbassare-si, see Gram. p. 148.

[4] See page 92.

Regular Verbs of the Second Conjugation. [See Grammar, p. 95.]

I believe,

créd-ere

thou receivest,

ricév-ere

he sees,

ved-ére

we repeat,

ripét-ere

you beat,

bátt-ere

they drink.

bév-ere.

I did yield up,

céd-ere

thou didst owe,

dov-ére

he did cleave,

fénd-ere

we did groan,

gém-ere

you did feed,

pásc-ere

they did hang up.

appénd-ere.

I enjoyed,

god-ére

thou pressedst,

prém-ere

he reaped,

miét-ere

we shone,

rilúc-ere

you repeated,

ripét-ere

they sat down.

sed-ére.

I have sold,

vénd-ere

thou hast crept along,

sérp-ere

he has shrieked,

stríd-ere

we have feared,

tem-ére

you have beaten,

bátt-ere

they have received.

ricév-ere.

The following Verbs of the Second Conjugation are irregular. [See Gram. p. 111.]

I had fallen,

[1]cad-ére

thou hadst pleased,

piac-ére

he had held,

ten-ére

we had grieved,

[1][2]dol-érsi

you had appeared,

par-ére

they had pleased.

piac-ére.

I shall or will persuade,

persuad-ére

thou shalt lie down,

giac-ére

he shall be able,

pot-ére

we shall remain,

riman-ére

you shall know,

sap-ére

they shall be accustomed.

[1][3]sol-ére.

Be silent,

tac-ére

let him see,

ved-ére

let us hold,

ten-ére

be ye pleased,

compiac-érsi

let them fall again.

ricad-ére.

That I may have,

avére

that thou mayest owe,

dov-ére

that he may fall,

cad-ére

that we may lie down,

giac-ére

that you may be able,

pot-ére

that they may grieve.

dol-érsi.

That I might appear,

par-ére

that thou mightest lie down,

giac-ére

that he might please,

piac-ére

that we might persuade,

persuad-ére

that you might be able,

pot-ére

that they might know.

sap-ére.

I should be silent,

tac-ére

thou shouldst be accustomed,

[4]sol-ére

he should be worth,

val-ére

we should hold,

ten-ére

you should see,

ved-ére

they should be willing.

vol-ére.

For a full conjugation of all the verbs in ere, see Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 95.

[1] Combined with essere and not avere, in the compound tenses.

[2] See page 148.

[3] See page 122.

[4] With essere.

Regular Verbs of the Third Conjugation. [See Grammar, p. 102.]

I hear,

sent-íre

thou followest,

segu-íre

he opens,

apr-íre

we boil,

boll-íre

you consent,

consent-íre

they convert.

convert-íre.

I did cover,

[1]copr-íre

thou didst sow,

cuc-íre

he did sleep,

dorm-íre

we did fly,

fugg-íre

you did lie,

ment-íre

they did die.

[1]mor-íre.

I departed,

part-íre

thou didst suffer,

[1]soffr-íre

he repented,

pent-írsi

we ascended,

sal-íre

you served,

serv-íre

they went out.part-íre

sort-íre.

I have dressed,

vest-íre

thou hast heard,

ud-íre

he has consented,

consent-íre

we have slept,

dorm-íre

you have covered,

copr-íre

they have boiled.

boll-íre.

[1] Coprire, morire, and soffrire, though regular in every other respect, make in the participle passive, coperto, morto, and soferto.

The following Verbs in ire are irregular.[1] [See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 144.]

I had appeared,

compar-íre

thou hadst uttered,

profer-íre

he had buried,

seppell-íre

we had dared,

ard-íre

you had abolished,

abol-íre

they had understood.

cap-íre.

I shall or will abhor,

abbor-íre

thou shalt enrich,

arricch-íre

he shall blush,

arross-íre

we shall banish,

band-íre

you shall whiten,

bianch-íre

they shall pity.

compat-íre.

Conceive thou,

concep-íre

let him digest,

diger-íre

let us finish,

fin-íre

approve ye,

grad-íre

let them bloom.

fior-íre.

That I may suffer,

pat-íre

that thou mayest grow mad,

impazz-íre

that he may languish,

langu-íre

that we may dispatch,

sped-íre

that you may unite,

un-íre

that they may obey.

obbed-íre.

That I might colour,

color-íre

that thou mightest flourish,

fior-íre

that he might sharpen,

inacerb-íre

that we might animate,

anim-áre

that you might harden,

indur-íre

that they might bellow.

mugg-íre.

I would strike,

colp-íre

thou wouldst banish,

band-íre

he would abhor,

abborr-íre

we would abolish,

abbol-íre

you would enrich,

arricch-íre

they would comprehend.

cap-íre.

For the formation of compound tenses, see Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 77, 82, and 88.

[1] They make isco in the present and corresponding tenses; as comparisco, proferisco, &c. instead of comparo, profero, &c.

Other Verbs of the Second Conjugation that are irregular only in some Tenses and Persons. [See Grammar, p. 125, and the following.]

I belong,

apparten-ére

thou kindlest,

accénd-ere

he takes,

prénd-ere

we perceive,

accorg-érsi

you kill,

uccíd-ere

they burn.

árd-ere.

I did hide,

nascónd-ere

thou didst oppress,

opprím-ere

he did sprinkle,

aspérg-ere

we did divide,

divíd-ere

you did absolve,

assólv-ere

they did absorb.

assórb-ere.

I assumed,

[1]assúm-ere

thou offeredst,

porg-ere

he demanded,

richiéd-ere

we plucked up,

divell-ere

you shut,

chiud-ere

they engraved.

incid-ere.

I have granted,

conced-ere

thou hast run,

corr-ere

he has decided,

decid-ere

we have believed,

cred-ere

you have boiled,

cuoc-ere

they have decided.

decid-ere.

I had deluded,

delud-ere

thou hadst oppressed,

opprim-ere

he had defended,

difend-ere

we had expressed,

esprim-ere

you had sprinkled,

asperg-ere

they had known.

sap-ére.

I shall, or will grieve,

dol-érsi

thou shalt erect,

erg-ere

he shall exclude,

esclud-ere

we shall require,

esig-ere

you shall expel,

espell-ere

they shall extinguish.

estingu-ere.

Melt thou,

fond-ere

let him drive in,

figg-ere

let us feign,

fing-ere

break ye,

frang-ere

let them reflect.

riflett-ere.

That I may lie down,

giac-ére

that thou mayest fry,

frigg-ere

that he may join,

giung-ere

that she may imprint,

imprim-ere

that we may hang up,

append-ere

that you may see,

ved-ére

that they may include.

includ-ere.

That I might soak,

intrid-ere

that thou mightest intrude,

intrud-ere

that he might read,

legg-ere

that we might put,

mett-ere

that you might bite,

mord-ere

that they might plunge.

immerg-ere.

I would move,

muov-ere

thou wouldst milk,

mung-ere

he would conceal,

nascond-ere

we would neglect,

neglig-ere

you would foresee,

preved-ére

they would hurt (morally).

nuoc-ere.

That I may have offended,

offend-ere

that thou mayest have oppressed,

opprim-ere

that he may have struck,

percuot-ere

that we may have lost,

perd-ere

that you may have pleased,

piac-ére

that they may have wept.

piang-ere.

That I might have painted,

diping-ere

that thou mightest have presented,

porg-ere

that he might have curtailed,

precid-ere

that we might have taken,

prend-ere

that you might have presumed,

presum-ere

that they might have protected.

protegg-ere.

I should have sat down,

sed-ére

thou shouldest have returned,

rend-ere

he should have reduced,

ridur-re

we should have laughed,

rid-ere

you should have answered,

rispond-ere

they should have suspended.

sospend-ere.

When I shall have scattered,

sparg-ere

thou shalt have shaken,

scuot-ere

he shall have risen,

sorg-ere

we shall have killed,

uccid-ere

you shall have conquered,

vinc-ere

they shall have lived.

viv-ere.

[1] Let it be remarked that, in all the following verbs in ere, not accentuated, the accent is on the antepenultima; as pórgere, richiédere, &c.

On the Rules of the Italian Syntax, with References to Veneroni’s Grammar.

On the ORDER of WORDS. [See Gram. p. 196.]

I write

scrívere

three

tre

hours

[1]ora

every day.

ogni [2]giôrno.

Thou art

éssere

too

[3]troppo

troublesome

molésto

to my

friends.

amíco.

He speaks

parláre

like

come

a Roman orator.

Románo [4]oratóre.

We go

andáre

out of town

fuóri [5]città

every Spring.

ogni primavéra.

You shew

mostráre

your

probity

probità

very plainly.

molto [6]chiaraménte.

They think

pensáre

it is very fine weather

[8]fare [9]bello tempo

[7]to walk out.

spasseggiáre.

I was extremely glad

[10]rallegrársi estremaménte

to see him again.

rivedére.

Thou wert

essere

generously rewarded.

generosaménte ricompensáre.

He bought

compráre

many things

molto cosa

to send

mandáre

abroad.

fuóri del paese.

We encouraged

incoraggire

all arts and trades.

[11]tutto arte mestiére.

You baffled

sconcertáre

their

wicked designs.

scelleráto diségno.

They tempted

tentáre

our

faithful subjects.

fedéle suddito.

I have

avére

enriched

arricchíre

his

numerous family.

[12]numeróso famíglia.

Thou hast

many accounts

molto conto

to settle.

regoláre.

He has

renewed

rinnováre

his promises

proméssa

to us.

We have seen

vedére

the chief curiosities.

principále curiosità.

You have examined

esamináre

them

carefully.

attentaménte.

They have declared

dichiaráre

their

last will.

último volontà.

I had resolved

[13]risólversi

to get rid of

disfársi

them.

Thou hadst determined

determináre

to say it

dire

plainly.

schiettaménte.

He had fixed on

fissáre

that sort of

quello sorta

diversion.

divertiménto.

We had sworn

giuráre

to love

amársi

each other

eternally.

eternaménte.

You had forsaken

abbandonáre

his

acquaintance.

conoscénza.

They had implored

imploráre

the king’s

Re

clemency.

cleménza.

I shall

ever

sempre

commend

lodáre

prudent people.

prudente gente.

Thou shalt publish

spárgere

this news

nuóva

every where.

da per tutto.

He will return

ritornáre

from France

Fráncia

next week.

próssimo settimána.

We shall travel

viaggiáre

day and night

giórno e notte

till

finchè

we arrive.

[14]arriváre.

You will do

fare

yourself

immortal honor.

immortále onóre.

They will disgrace

disonoráre

their

noble family.

nóbile famíglia.

Bring

[15]portáre

me that

bottle

bottiglia

and

a glass.

bicchiére.

Let him gather

radunáre

all his things,

tutto roba

and then go.

poi andáre.

Let us walk

spasseggiáre

in the garden

[16]giardíno

before

avánti

dinner.

pranzo.

Go and meet

andáre incontráre

all our friends

tutto amíco

on the road.

sulla strada.

Let them answer

[17]rispóndere

all my

questions.

dománda.

[1] Nouns ending in a, make the plural in e, Ex. ora, plur. ore.

[2] Those in o, make the plural in i, giorno, giorni.

[3] It is a general rule, that all words of two syllables have the first long (except those whose last syllable takes a grave accent), therefore such words need not hereafter be accentuated.

[4] Subst. in e, make i in the plural, oratore, oratori.

[5] See Gram. p. 44, on words in tà indeclinable.

[6] See Gram. p. 158, on the formation of adverbs out of adjectives.

[7] To, must be translated by the word per.

[8] Che fa, as in French, qu’il fait.

[9] Bello loses its last syllable, and makes bel. See Gram. p. 56.

[10] See Gram. p. 147, on reciprocal verbs.

[11] See the declension of tutto, Gram. p. 73.

[12] See Gram. p. 53, on adjectives ending in o.

[13] Risólvere makes in the part. passive risolúto.

[14] Must be the future tense.

[15] See Gram. p. 205.

[16] See the rules on the preposition nello, nella, p. 42.

[17] Rispondere governs the dative case of the thing.

On the Articles lo, la, li, le, gli. [See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 35, and 200.]

The study

[1]studio

of belles lettres

belle léttere

has always been recommended

[2]éssere sempre stato raccomandáre

to the youth

[3]gioventù

of both sexes.

ambedúe sesso.

Great events

grande evénto

and revolutions

rivoluzióne

followed

seguíre

the death of

morte

Cæsar.

Césare.

The fear

timóre

of torments

torménto

made him fly

fare fuggíre

his country.

pátria.

Poland was

Polónia éssere

for many years

per molto anno

the seat of domestic divisions.

seggio doméstico divisióne.

Portugal is

Portogállo

a despotic kingdom.

despótico regno.

Avarice is

Avarízia

despicable.

sprezzábile.

My lord

signór

the archbishop,

arcivéscovo

visited

visitáre

all the

clergy.

clero.

My lord

[4]signór

the president,

presidénte

decreed it

decretáre

in his behalf.

favóre.

Madam

signóra

the countess

contéssa

has ordered it.

comandáre.

The gentlemen

signóri

are not yet come

éssere ancóra veníre

to see us.

vedére.

Women

donna

are

very fair

molto bióndo

in the northern countries.

settentrionále paése.

[1] Lo before nouns beginning with an s, and followed by another consonant. See Gram. p. 36.

[2] Essere instead of avere. See p. 84.

[3] Words in ù are indeclinable. See p. 50.

[4] The article il must be put before signore: except before ecclesiastical titles, when we must say Monsignor.

The English particle to, before infinitives, is sometimes rendered in Italian by the Article il or lo. [See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 200.]

It is forbidden

éssere proibíre

to do evil.

fare male.

It is not

always convenient

sempre convenévole

to speak

dire

the truth.

verità.

It is permitted

perméttere

to a sick person

ammaláto

to complain.

[1]lamentársi.

It is not

polite

civíle

to interrupt

interrómpere

any one who speaks.

uno che parláre.

It is

right

giústo

to correct

corréggere

boys

ragázzo

whilst

mentre

they are young.

éssere gióvane.

It is a

great satisfaction

grande soddisfazióne

to people of feeling

sensíbile gente

to hear that

sentíre

their friends

amico

are in perfect health.

éssere perfétto salúte.

It is a

great pleasure

gran piacére

to see brothers

vedére fratéllo

well united together;

bene unito insiéme

but

ma

it is a

great grief

grande dispiacére

to see them disagree.

vedére discórdia.

It is not

always proper

sempre convenévole

to correct children

corréggere ragázzo

for the faults they commit;

fallo comméttere

but it is

ma

very necessary

molto necessário

to make them sensible of them.

fare accórgersi

It is easy

fácile

to give advice,

dare consíglio

but difficult

ma diffícile

to execute.

eseguíre.

It is easy

to perceive

accórgersi

you neglect

trascuráre

your business.

affáre.

It was

ever commendable

sempre lodévole

to study

studiáre

languages.

lingua.

[1] See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 147, on reciprocal verbs.

On the SYNTAX of NOUNS. [See Grammar, p, 201.]

A dutiful child

obbediénte figliuólo

is

a great comfort

grande consolazióne

to his parents.

suo genitóre.

A good wife

buóno moglie

is

an inestimable treasure.

inestimábile tesóro.

A diligent master

diligénte maéstro

instructs

instruíre

attentive scholars.

atténto scolaro.

A good action

buóno azióne

deserves

meritáre

great praise.

grande lóde.

A rash counsel

inconsideráto consíglio

is productive of

è l’origine

fatal consequences.

fatále conseguénza.

My father

padre[1]

and mother

madre[1]

are

éssere

very compassionate.

molto compassionévole.

Their brother

fratéllo

and sister

sorélla

are

industrious.

industrióso.

Your house

casa

and garden

giardíno

are

excessively beautiful.

eccessivamente bello.

My exercise

tema

and my lesson

lezióne

are

difficult.

diffícile.

Our man-servant

servitore

and our maid-servant

serva

are

good,

buóno

and therefore

perciò

they shall be rewarded.

saranno ricompénsati.

You,

your master,

padróne

and your mistress,

padróna

have been civil

éssere stato civíle

[2]to me, and

merit

meritáre

my greatest thanks.

[3]gránde ringraziaménto.

[1] An adjective with several substantives, must agree in gender with that which is the most worthy, the masculine being accounted more worthy than the feminine.

[2] Render it thus; towards me, verso di me.

[3] See Gram. p. 56, on superlatives.

On COMPARATIVES. [See Gram. p. 53.]

France

Fráncia

is larger

grande

and more powerful than

poténte

Italy.

Itália.

Virgil wrote

Virgílio scrívere

more than

any other poet.

qualúnque altro poéta[1].

Horace was

Orázio éssere

much more satirical than

satírico

Juvenal.

Giuvenale.

Your countrymen are

vostro compatriótto

much richer than

[2]ricco

mine.

mio.

This water is

questo acqua

much clearer than

chiáro

crystal.

cristállo.

Your sister’s hands are

sorélla [3]mano

whiter than

[4]biánco

alabaster.

alabástro.

The English are

Inglése

more studious than

studióso

their neighbours.

vicino.

Milton was

Milton éssere

much more learned than

dotto

Dante.

Dante.

The Russians behaved

Russo comportársi

more bravely than

valorosaménte

the Turks.

Turco.

Cicero was

Ciceróne

less happy than

felíce

Diogenes.

Diógene.

Lewis the Fourteenth was

Luígi décimo quarto

much less admired than

ammiraré

Henry the Fourth.

Enríco quarto.

London is

Londra

far better paved than

lastricáre

Paris.

Parígi.

Venice is

Venézia

much less populous than

popoláto

Naples.

Nápoli.

Lend me

prestáre

three thousand pounds

tre[5] mila lira

for a month.

per mese.

I have inherited

avére ereditáre

five hundred guineas

cinque cento ghinea

a year.

anno.

I have

seven brothers

sette fratéllo

and two sisters

due sorélla

alive.

vivo.

The tenth

diéci

of next month

próssimo mese

I will pay you.

pagáre.

Judas was

Giúda éssere

one of the

twelve apostles.

dódici apóstolo.

William the Third was

Gugliélmo[6] terzo éssere

a great conqueror.

grande conquistatóre.

Henry the Fourth of France

Enríco quarto di Francia

was

a matchless warrior.

incomparábile guerriêro.

Pope Sixtus the Fifth

Papa Sisto quinto

was

a great man.

grande uómo.

Your master has

padróne avere[7]

a fine country-house.

bello villa.

Your brother has

fratello

six fine dapple-bay horses.

sei bello bajo pomelláto cavállo.

Your uncle

zio

and aunt

zia

are

éssere

my dear friends.

caro amíco.

Our general was

generále

ever reputed

sempre riputáre

a gallant man.

valoróso uómo.

Solomon was

Salomóne

a wise king.

sávio re.

King George is

Giórgio

a religious monarch.

religióso monárca.

Nero was

Neróne

a wicked man.

cattívo uómo.

Crœsus

Creso

was reckoned

stimáre

a rich prince.

ricco príncipe.

The duke of Richmond has

duca Richmond

six fine grey horses.

sei bello[8] leárdo cavállo.

Spain is

Spagna

a hot country,

caldo paése

but Germany is

ma Germánia

a very cold one.

freddo paése.

Give me

dare

some cold water,

freddo acqua

and red wine.

rosso vino.

I like

amáre

cold weather

freddo tempo

better than

hot.

caldo.

The English ladies are

Inglése signóra

handsomer than

bella

the Italian.

Italiána.

I always thought

sempre crédere

he was

a troublesome man.

[9]incómodo uómo.

This poor man

questo póvero uómo

has

avére

crooked legs.

storto gamba.

Will you have

avére

a round hat

rotóndo cappéllo

or a cocked one?

od a tre pizzi?

There is

a sickly man,

ammalatíccio uómo

methinks.

mi pare.

You are

a thoughtful philosopher.

pensieróso filósofo.

The industrious

[10]industrióso

are praised,

lodáre

but

ma

the slothful

pigro

are despised.

sprezzáre.

The righteous

giústo

find peace

trováre pace

but

the wicked

scelleráto

feel torment.

sentíre torménto.

The covetous

aváro

despise the poor,

sprezzare póvero

but

ma

the generous

generóso

cherish them.

volére bene.

The merciful

misericordióso

shall find mercy,

trovare pietà

but

the cruel

crudéle

shall be punished.

castigáre.

The wise man

sávio

seeks wisdom,

cercáre sapiénza

but

the fool

stolto

despises understanding.

sprezzáre intendiménto.

Give me

dare

some bread,

[11]del pane

some wine,

vino

some butter,

butírro

some cheese,

cácio

some boiled beef,

manzo alésso

some mutton,

castráto

some veal,

vitéllo

some pork,

porco

some pie,

pastíccio

some fish,

pesce

some mustard,

mostárda

some salt.

sale.

Go and fetch me

andáre a cercáre

a bit of

pezzo

the white bread.

biánco pane.

Send to market

mandáre mercáto

to buy me

compráre

ten pounds of

libbra

fresh butter.[12]

fresco butírro.

Bring directly

portáre súbito

six pounds of

sei libbra

black cherries.

nero cerása.

Seven hundred of

sette cento

fresh walnuts,

noce

and five pounds of

cinque

hazle nuts.

nocciuóla.

Have you been

éssere stato[13]

at Paris?

No, but

No ma

I have been at

Rouen:

Roáno

it is

a fine city.

bello città

Did you see it?

vedére

Did you give

dare[14]

your brother

fratéllo

the book

libro

I lent you?

prestáre

No, I gave it

dare

to my sister, and

sorélla

she will return it to you

restituíre

when she has read it.

léggere.

Did you tell

dire

your father

padre

I was

éssere

in the country?

campágna?

No, sir, but

I told my mother,

dire madre

it is all one.

è l’istéssa cosa.

God demands

Iddío richiedere

the pureness of

purità[15]

our hearts.

cuóre.

We ought to die

dovére moríre

for the service of

servízio

our princes.

príncipe.

[1] See Gram. p. 45, on words ending in a of the masc.

[2] Words ending in cco, take an h in the plural, p. 49.

[3] Mano is of the fem. gender.

[4] Such words as end in co, and go, take also an h in the plural. See Gram. p. 49.

[5] Nouns of number ought to be put before the substantive.

[6] Nouns of order must be after the substantive, when we speak of ecclesiastical, or secular princes.

[7] Adjectives of quality must be put before substantives.

[8] Nouns of colours, elementary qualities, and of nations, must be put after the substantive.

[9] The adjectives of condition, figure, and quantity, must be put after substantives.

[10] Adjectives that have no substantives must be of the masculine gender, because man is always understood.

[11] When you ask for something without specifying the quantity of it, use the article partitive, del, della, &c. See Gram. p. 210.

[12] You must use the article indefinite di, when you specify the quantity of the thing.

[13] We put the indefinite article a before the names of cities.

[14] Before the names of men and women, we use al, alla, allo, a, &c.

[15] We use de’ before pronouns that are joined with substantives. See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 201.

Construction of Adjectives.

The Adjectives expressing desire, knowledge, remembrance, ignorance, forgetting, care, fear, guilt, or any passion of the mind, require the following Noun to be in the Genitive case.

Those who

quello

are desirous of

éssere bramóso

honour,

onóre

are studious of learning

studióso sciénza

and of good manners.

buóno costúme.

He who is not

mindful of

badáre

his own business,

própio affáre

cannot be

non può

mindful of

badare

other people’s.

altro.

Thou and I are

guilty of

colpévole

the same error.

stesso errore.

I am ignorant

ignoráre

of the fact

fatto

you mention.

mentionáre.

Adjectives expressing plenty, or want, as poor, destitute, empty, full, void, require the Genitive case after them.

He whose

purse

borsa

is empty of money,

vuóto danáro

has a house

avére casa

empty of friends.

vuóto amíco.

The court

corte

which is

éssere

full of flatterers,

piéno adulatóre

is pernicious

pernizióso

to a prince,

príncipe

though he be

rich in substance

ricco sostánza

and loaded with honours.

colmáre onóre.

A journey of twenty miles

viággio venti míglia

wearies a horse

stancáre cavállo

that is very hungry;

fame

for while

perchè mentre

he is wanting food,

bramare di mangiare

he goes slowly.

andáre lentamente.

Laziness

pigrízia

has need of spurs.

bisógno speróne.

The Adjectives worthy, unworthy, adorned, encompassed, content, must have a Genitive after them.

Those are unworthy

éssere indégno

of the glory of Heaven,

glória Ciélo

who do not think

che crédere

virtue worthy of love,

virtù dégno amóre

nor are contented with

conténto

the pleasure it gives.

piacére che dare.

A son endowed with excellent qualities

figliuólo dotáto eccellénte qualità

rejoices his father,

rallegráre padre

whose good example he imitates,

buóno esempio imitáre

whose comands he observes;

comándo osserváre

he is never in fear,

mai paura

for he provokes not

perchè provocáre

his father’s anger;

padre cóllera

he is always mindful of his own duty,

sempre attento al dovére

and is like a staff

è come bastóne

to his father’s old age.

padre vecchiája.

He who is endowed with

quello dotáto

fine qualities,

bello qualità

and does not behave himself well,

comportársi bene

is unworthy of men’s society.[1]

éssere indégno uómo società.

Those who are

éssere

contented with

conténto

their own condition,

condizióne

are worthy of

degno

the name of good Christians;

nome buóno Cristiáno

but such are very rare.

ma raro.

If the city of Naples

se città Nápoli

were encompassed

circondáre

with walls,

muro

it would be

éssere[2]

stronger than it is.

forte

England is adorned with

Inghiltérra ornáre

the fairest ladies

[3]belle signóra

in the world.

di questo mondo.

Our country is

paése

surrounded with

chiúdere

the strongest bulwarks.

[3]forte baluárdo.

Few people are

poco gente

satisfied with

soddisfáre

the lot that

sorte

Providence has granted them.

Providénza concédere.

[1] See Gram. p. 44, on words ending in tà.

[2] See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 53, on comparatives.

[3] Ibid. p. 56, on superlatives.

Adjectives governing a Dative Case. Adjectives expressing submission, relation, pleasure, due, resistance, difficulty, likeness, have the following Noun in the Dative case.

Virtue is pleasant to

[1]virtù piacévole

the righteous,

giústo

and profitable to

profittévole

those who love it.

quello che amáre.

Adoration

L’adorazione

is due to God,

dovúto Dio

the King of all the world.

[2]Re tutto mondo.

Honour is due to kings,

onóre dovúto Re

because

perchè

God has commanded us

avére comandáre

to be obedient to them.

éssere obbediénte

It is

a lamentable thing

lamentévole cosa

to see

some men of great abilities

uómo gràn talénto

prone to wickedness.

dédito vízio.

A man

uómo

who suffers himself

lasciársi

to be led by

allettáre

the corrupted pleasures

corrótto piacére

of this world,

quésto mondo

is not like a Christian.

símile Cristiáno.

Children

figliuólo

are not always like

sempre símile

their parents,

genitóre

they are sometimes

talvólta

quite different from them.

affátto differénte

My father

padre

is like my uncle

somigliáre zio

as to his features,

in quanto fattézza

and the colour of his hair,

colóre [3]capéllo

but he is not like him

ma éssere

in his manners.

costúme.

[1] Words in ù are indeclinable. See Gram. p. 50.

[2] Re is indeclinable.

[3] Of his hair, dei capelli in plur. and without the possessive pronoun.

On Superlative Degrees. [See Gram. p. 56.]

The most noble

la più nóbile

of all virtues

tutto virtù

is charity.

carità.

The most ingenious people

[1]più ingegnóso persone

are not always

éssere sempre

the most learned.

dotto.

The most pernicious of all crimes

pernizióso delítto

is slander,

calúnnia

it ruins

rovinare

very often

[2]spesso

the reputation of

riputazióne

the most honest people;

onésto gente

it puts discord between

méttere discórdia fra

the most intimate friends;

intrínseco amíco

in short,

in somma

it is

the most abominable crime

abbominévole delítto

in the world.

mondo.

The best quality

[3]buóno qualità

a man can have,

uómo potére avére

is to be

civil

civíle

and obliging.

cortése.

The best friend

amíco

we can have is

money.

danáro.

The best soldiers

soldáto

in the world are

sometimes conquered.

talvólta vincere.

Buy me

compráre

the best grapes

uva

you see in town.

vedére città.

The greatest men

gránde uómo

in the kingdom

regno

confess it.

confessáre.

The richest people

ricco gente

are not

the happiest.

felíce.

The most virtuous women

virtuóso donna

have been guilty of

éssere stato colpévole

coquetry.

civettería.

We should pay a most particular attention to

[4]fare particoláre attenzióne

the moral conduct of

morale condotta

our children

figliuólo

of both sexes.

ambidúe sesso.

[1] The most is rendered by il più, la più, i più, &c. See Gram. p. 56.

[2] Very often makes spessissimo.

[3] The superlative-comparative degree of buono is il migliore. See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 54 and 56.

[4] Pay is often turned by fare.

OF PRONOUNS.

The Personal Pronouns io, tu, egli, essa, noi, voi, eglino, being the Nominative Case, ought to be put before the Verb; but if there is an Interrogation, they must be put after. [See Gram. p. 67.]

I entreat you

supplicáre voi

to grant me

accordáre

that favour.

quello favóre.

What do you

desire

brama

of me,

madam?

madama?

What do you

say?

dire

I do not

understand

capíre

you.

Don’t you

speak

parláre

Italian

Italiáno

and French?

Francése?

I understand them

capíre

pretty well,

assái bene

but when

ma quando

you speak

parláre

so very fast,

così presto

I cannot understand you.

non posso capíre.

I ask you

domándare

if you will

volére

do me

fare

a favour.

favóre.

With all my heart,

tutto cuóre

if I can

potére

conveniently.

senz’inconveniente.

Have you

avére

an Italian Dictionary?

Italiáno Dizionário?

Yes, I have

Baretti’s Dictionary.

Barétti Dizionário.

Will you lend

prestáre[1]

it me for

two or three weeks?

due tre settimána?

It is

at your service,

vostro servízio

if you will send for it.

mandárlo a prendere.

Did you see

vedére

the castle St. Angelo

castéllo Sant’ Angelo

at Rome?

Roma?

Yes, it is

very fine,

bello

very rich;

ricco

in short,

in somma

I think it is

crédere

the finest castle in

[2]

Europe.

Európa.

Do you think

crédere

the city of Paris

città Parígi

is finer than

bello

London?

Londra?

No, it is not

so large,

gránde

nor so well built

bene fabbricata

as London.

I love you

amáre

with all my heart,

tutto cuóre

and if you come

veníre

tomorrow

dománi

to see me,

vedére

I’ll give you

dare

what I promised you.

prométtere.

I will not fail,

mancáre

but I am afraid

temére

to be too troublesome

di dar troppo incómodo

to you and

your family.

vóstra famiglia.

Did Mr. N.

Signór

give you

dare

the book

libro

you lent him?

prestáre?

Not yet;

non ancóra

but I believe

ma crédere

he will give it me

dare

soon.

presto.

When you get it back,

[3]riavére

will you bring it me?

portáre

I will do it

fare

willingly

volentiéri

to oblige you.

obbligáre.

When

quando

will you go to see him

andáre vedére

at his country seat?

sua villa?

I think

crédere

I shall pay him a visit

fare una visita

next month.

próssimo mese.

Bring me

portáre

your grammar

grammática

to-morrow.

dománi.

Here it is,

Eccola quà

sir,

I brought it

portáre

with me.

meco.

Shew me

mostráre

what you have written.

quel che avére scrívere

That is not

well,

bene

write it over again,

scrívere di nuóvo

and when you have done,

[4]quando avére fare

give it to

dare

your brother.

vostro fratéllo.

I think

crédere

you are

éssere

very idle.

pigro.

Forgive me,

perdonáre

I will be

éssere

more diligent

più diligénte

in future.

all’avveníre.

Reach me

recáre

that pen-knife,

quello temperíno

and a clean pen.

pulíto penna.

Write an exercise,

scrívere tema

and then

e poi

read it to me.

leggétemelo[5].

[1] See Gram. p. 203, on pronouns conjunctive.

[2] See Gram. p. 56, on superlatives.

[3] This supposes a future, which must be thus expressed: Quando lo riávréte, &c.

[4] Turn, and when you shall have done it.

[5] See Gram. p. 66.

On Pronouns Demonstrative and Possessive. The Pronouns Demonstrative, questo, quello, or questi, and the Pronouns Possessive, mio, mia, tuo, tua, suo, sua, agree with the Substantive in gender, number, and case. [See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 68, 70.]

This horse

questo cavállo

goes

andáre

better than

any of yours.

qualúnque vostro.

This man is

uómo

more honest than

onésto

you think.[1]

crédere.

This woman is

donna

not so happy as

felíce

she deserves.

meritáre.

This house

casa

stands

stare

in a most

pleasant situation.

améno situazióne.

Those gentlemen

quello signóre

seem

parére

to be very cold.

avére freddo.

Those ladies are

signóra

very modestly drest.

modestaménte vestíre.

My brother

[2]mio fratéllo

is gone into

andáre

the country

campágna

for a month.

mese.

My mother

madre

is gone over to

France

Fráncia

for her health.

salute.

My countrymen are

compatriótto

very great

grande

politicians.

político.

My sister

sorélla

loves

amáre

public diversions

púbblico divertiménto

to excess.

éccesso.

My action

azióne

is not so blameable as

biasimiévole

you say.

dire.

Your affection for me

affétto

is false

falso

and deceitful.

ingannévole.

Her history

stória

has made

avére fare

a great noise

grande romóre

in the world.

mondo.

Their clock

orológio

is always

sempre

out of order.

in disórdine.

Our house

casa

is finer than

bello

yours.

vostro.

Their affairs are

affáre

more perplexed

più imbarrazzáre

[3]than you imagine.

immagináre.

[1] You must here add a negation, after a comparison, as in French, and turn it thus; than you not think: Che non credéte.

[2] Pronouns possessive take the article il, la, &c. in the nominative. See Veneroni’s Grammar, p. 68.

[3] Render it, as in the preceding page; than you not imagine.

The Pronoun Relative che is of all genders, and of all numbers. [See Gram. p. 72.]

The woman who

donna che

has

avére

a fair face,

bello viso

is loved by

amáre

all.

tutto.

The girl who

ragázza

brought me

portáre

my pen-knife,

temperíno

is lovely.

amábile.

The man who

uómo

bought

compráre

my house

mio casa

is honest.

onésto.

My brother’s hat

fratéllo cappéllo

begins

cominciáre

to be worn.

usársi.

The man who

uómo

struck

percuótere

my father

padre

is a butcher.

macellájo.

The rewards which

ricompénsa

are promised

éssere prométtere

shall be given, if

dare

the work required,

lavóro richiésto

be done

fare

the day after to-morrow.

dopo dománi.

The horse which

cavállo

my father sold

padre véndere

was very good.

éssere buóno.

The comedy which

commédia

we acted

rappresentáre

was pleasant.

piacévole.

The wood

legna

we bargained for

patteggiáre

was too dry.

éssere secco.

The wine which

vino

you drank

bere

yesterday

jeri

was excellent.

eccellente.

The last lesson

ultimo lezióne

you gave me,

dare

was very difficult.

molto diffícile.

The company

compagnía

you keep

praticáre

is not honest.

onésto.

I have found

avére trováre

the book which

libro

I had lost.

pérdere.

Note that, he that, and she that, must be turned by quello che, and quella che. [See Gram. p. 72.]

He who does not

fear God,

temére Dio

does not deserve

meritáre

to live.

vívere.

He who came

veníre

this morning,

mattína

has a great regard

avére gran stima

for you.

He who gave you

dare

that counsel,

consíglio

is not

your friend.

amíco.

He who lives honestly,

vívere onestaménte

is esteemed by

stimáre

all people.

tutti.

He who told you that,

dire

did not tell you

the truth.

verità.

He who sold you

véndere

these boots,

stivále

did not cheat you.

ingannáre.

She who is

the handsomest,

bello

is not

always

sempre

the most virtuous.

virtuóso.

He who speaks continually,

parláre continuamente

must be

deve éssere

very troublesome.

seccante.

She who told me

dire

the news,

nuóvo

is

your great friend.

grande amíca.

She who is

married to

maritáre

Mr. N.

signór N.

is

the most lively.

più viváce.

She who gave me

dare

your letter,

léttera

speaks Italian

parláre Italiáno

very well.

beníssimo.

He whom you look for,

cercáre

is gone away

partire

this morning.

mattína.

He whom you hate

odiáre

the most, is my

intimate friend.

intímo amico.

He whom you have recommended

avére raccomandáre

to me, is a great

rogue.

birbánte.

He whom you saw

vedére

yesterday,

jéri

is

éssere

my sister’s lover.

sorélla amánte.

He whom God loves,

Dio amáre

is very happy.

felíce.

She whom you see,

vedére

is

my eldest brother’s

primogénito fratéllo

mistress.

innamoráta.

She whom I have recommended

avére raccomandáre

to you, is

modest.

modésto.

She whom I loved most,

amáre il più

is married.

maritáre.

I saw to-day

vedére oggi

the gentleman

signóre

with whom

[1]

we dined

pranzáre

yesterday.

jéri.

Here is

Ecco

the lady

signóra

for whom

I have

avére

great respect.

grande rispétto.

Let us go and see

andáre [2] vedere

the lady with whom

we played at cards

giuocáre carta

in the country

campágna

the other day.

altro giórno.

The gentleman

signóre

with whom

we were

éssere

the other day

altro giórno

is very ill.

ammaláto.

There is

the horse

cavállo

for which

I offered

esibire

twenty guineas.

venti ghinéa.

Shew me

mostráre

the watch

oriuólo

for which

you gave

dare

forty pounds.

quaránta lire.

There is

the sword

spada

for which

I offered

esibíre

six guineas.

sei ghinéa.

[1] We put quale after the prepositions, speaking of reasonable creatures. See Gram. p. 72.

[2] See Gram. p. 205, on verbs of motion.

When between two Verbs there is a Noun, or a Pronoun, we put generally che after the first Verb.

I thought

crédere

you could speak

parláre

Italian

Italiáno

better

méglio

than you do.[1]

I fancy

immaginársi

you are not yet

[2]avére ancóra

twenty years old.

venti anni.

I hope

speráre

you will not refuse me

ricusáre

the favour

favóre

to recommend me to

raccomandáre

your friends

vostro amíco

in town.

città.

My uncle

zio

told me yesterday

dire jéri

you were not well,

[3]stare bene

but I am very glad

ma rallegrársi

to find

trováre

you are

better to-day.

méglio oggi.

You promised

prométtere

to write to me

scrívere

last week,

passáto settimána

but I am very sorry

ma rincréscere

to observe

vedére

you have forgot me.

che vi siete scordato di me.

[1] Render, than you do not.

[2] We use the verb avére instead of éssere, speaking of age. Ex. How old are you? Quanti anni avete?

[3] The verb stare must be used instead of éssere, in speaking of health.

We always put che instead of but in English, with a negation before the Verb.

I desired but one favour from you,[1]

chiédere favóre

and you refused it me.

ricusáre.

If you would give me

dare

but one guinea

ghinéa

at once,

alla volta

you would oblige me

obbligáre

infinitely.

infinitaménte.

When one has

quando[2] avére

little money,

poco danáro

one ought to spend

dovére spéndere

accordingly.

in conseguénza.

I ask you

domandáre

but what

others give me.

altro dare.

You do nothing but

fare [3]

laugh and play.

rídere giuocáre.

He does nothing but

eat and drink.

mangiáre bere.

When others laugh,

altro rídere

you do nothing but

fare

cry.

piángere.

[1] Non vi chiési che un favóre.

[2] When one has but, &c. must be rendered by quando non si ha che, &c.

[3] You do nothing but, &c. render it by, non fate altro che.

On the Particles Relative ci and vi. The Particles Relative ci and vi, are put instead of there, within and in that.

I went yesterday to

venire jéri

your house

casa

to see you,

vedére

but your man told me

ma servitore dire

you were not

éssere

within.

Indeed

in verità

I was there

almost all the afternoon;

quasi tutto dopo pranzo

at what time

che ora

did you come?

veníre?

I went there

at six o’clock.

sei

He was in the right

[1]avére

to tell you

dire

that I was not within,

éssere

for I was gone to visit

andáre visitáre

a few friends

alcúno amíco

in the square.

piázza.

My brother

fratéllo

and sister

sorélla

are gone into

andáre

the country.

campagna.

When

quando

did they go,

I wish to know?

vorréi sapére?

They went

andáre

yesterday morning.

jéri mattína.

Is it long since

[2]

you saw

vedére

our regiment?

reggiménto?

It is

two months,

due mese

if

se

I remember well.

ricordáre bene.

How long is it since

éssere

you left France?

lasciáre Fráncia?

It is

five and twenty years,

cinque venti anno

or thereabouts.

incírca.

[1] To be in the right, is, avere ragione.

[2] Long, molto tempo, or un pezzo.

How to express some of it, or some of them. [See Grammar p. 215.]

You have

avére

three horses,

tre cavállo

lend me

prestátemene

one of them.

uno.

I have but two,

avére due

one for

myself,

me

and the other for

my man.

servitore.

I thought

crédere

you had

avére

three (of them).

tre.

To shew you

far vedére

that I have

avére

but two (of them),

due

come with me into

veníre meco

the stable,

stalla

and you will not see

vedére

any more (of them).

più.

I do not doubt it at all,

dubitáre[1]

I believe you.

crédere.

I see

vedére

very fine flowers

bello fióre

in your garden,

giardíno

give me

dare

some.

I have not many,

avére molto

but what there are,

ma quel [2]

are at your service.

servízio.

I have but

fifteen or sixteen,

quindici sedici

as you see.

vedére.

You may take

potére pigliáre

a dozen,

dozzina

if you please.

piacére.

What will you

volére

have me do

fare

with them?

You may give

dare

some to

your daughters.

vostro figlia.

Do they talk

[3] parláre

of the war

guerra

in your town?

città?

They talk of it

all over

tutto

the island.

ísola.

And what

do they think of

crédere

our neighbours’ intentions?

vicíno intenzióne?

They know

sapére

very little

poco

about them

here.

quì.

[1] Non ne dubito punto.

[2] See Gram. p. 151, on the conjugation of there is, &c.

[3] See Gram. p. 215, on it is, they, &c.

Exercises on the Tenses of the Verbs.

The Present Tense is when the Action of which one speaks, is present.

Sir,

Signóre

I come

veníre

to have the honour

avére onóre

to see you.

vedére.

I am

éssere

infinitely obliged to you

infinitaménte obbligáre

for this favour.

questo favóre.

How does

[1]stare

the lady your mother

signóra madre

do?

She is very well,

stáre beníssimo

sir, and

presents

presentáre

her compliments

compliménto

to you.

I am

éssere

her most humble servant,

úmile servo

and am very glad

rallegrársi

to hear

sentíre

she is well.

stare bene.

Will you

volére

come

veníre

and walk with me

spasseggiáre

in the garden?

giardíno?

Pray

pregáre

excuse me,

scusáre

I cannot stay

potére restáre

any longer.

You are always

in great haste

grande fretta

when

you come

veníre

to see me.

vedére.

I beg your pardon,

mi perdoni

sir, I have been

here

quì

above an hour,

circa ora

and my sister

sorélla

is all alone

tutto solo

at home.

casa.

I am sorry you will not stay:

[2]dispiacére volére rimanére

I entreat you

supplicáre

to present

presentáre

my most humble respects

úmile rispétto

to the lady

signóra

your mother.

madre.

[1] When we inquire after any body’s health, we make use of the verb stare, instead of fare, or éssere.

[2] An impersonal verb; mi dispiáce che non vogliáte rimanére.

The Imperfect Tense is when the Action of which one speaks, is going on, or is interrupted.

Sir,

Signóre

we were speaking

parláre

of you,

when

quando

you came in.

entrare.

What

che

were you saying

dire

of me,

ladies?

signóra?

We were saying

dire

that when

quando

you were in France,

éssere Fráncia

among the ladies,

fra dame

you were

éssere

the most gallant,

galánte

the most courteous,

cortése

and the most complaisant

compiacente

gentleman

signóre

in the world.

mondo.

I did not think,

pensáre

ladies,

signora

I was so happy as

avere la fortuna

to be the subject of

éssere soggétto

your conversation;

conversazióne

and what

do you think

crédere

I am now?

We believe that

crédere

you are still

éssere ancóra

very civil,

civíle

and very complaisant;

compiacénte

but

ma

not so gallant

galánte

as you were then.

éssere.

Louis the XIVth was

Luígi [1]

one of the greatest kings

grande Re

in the world;

mondo

he was

a lover of fine sciences,

amatóre bello léttera

he did not love flatterers,

amáre adulatóre

neither did he

always follow

sempre seguíre

his own inclinations;

inclinazióne

and if

e se

he could not

get the victory

guadagnáre vittória

over his enemies

nemíco

by the force of his arms,

forza arma

he would get it

ottenére

by the number of his louis d’ors;

número luígi d’oro

in a word,

in somma

he was

a great politician.

grande politíco.

[1] We also make use of the imperfect tense, when we speak in time past of the habitual qualities and actions of any person alive or dead.

The Perfect Definite is a Tense perfectly past, and often determined by an Adverb of time past.

Where

dove

did you go

andáre

yesterday,

jéri

that

you were not

éssere

at home,

when

quando

I went

veníre

to see you?

vedére?

I went to see

andáre vedére

Mr. N.

il signór

who is not well.

stare

Did you meet with

trováre

any company

compagnía

there?

Yes, sir, I met with

his uncle

zio

and three of

tre

his sisters.

sorélla.

What was

quale éssere

the subject of

soggetto

your conversation?

conversazíone?

We spoke of

parláre

many

molto

different things.

differénte cosa.

Did you speak

Italian

Italiáno

with them?

Yes, all our conversation was in Italian.

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: No Italian translation was provided for this line.

Did they say

dire

you speak it

well?

bene?

They said

nothing

niente

about it.

Did they not ask you

domandáre

of whom

chi

you learn?

imparáre?

Yes, I told them I was learning of you.

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: No Italian translation was provided for this line.

The emperor, Julius Cæsar,

imperatóre Giúlio Césare

after

dopo

he had conquered

conquistáre

Britain,

Brettágna

built a tower

[1]edificáre torre

at London,

Londra

but he continued not there;

restáre

he appointed

constituíre

rulers in his stead,

governatóre vece

and returned

ritornáre

from London

Londra

to Rome.

Roma.

Henry the VIIIth,

Enrico ottávo

king of England,

Re Inghilterra

regarded not

badáre

the bulls

bolla

and threatenings

mináccia

which came from Italy;

veníre Italia

he violently shook off

violenteménte scuótere

the papal power,

papále potére

though he retained

ritenére

the Roman religion.

Románo religióne.

[1] We also make use of the perfect definite, when we speak of the transactions of persons who are dead.

The Preterpluperfect is a Tense so perfectly past, that it cannot be interrupted.

I am very glad

rallegrársi

to see you,

vedére

for

your brother

fratello

told me

dire

you were gone to France.

’Tis true

vero

I was resolved

risólvere

to go there,

andáre

if

[1]

my father had given me

padre avére dare

money enough

danáro

to make that journey.

fare viággio.

Had he given you

avére dáre

leave

licénza

to go there?

andáre?

Yes,

si

and he gave me

dare

fifty guineas

cinquánta ghinéa

to make my journey.

fare viággio.

If

[2]

he had given me

avére dare

thirty more,

trenta

I should have gone

essere andáre

to Paris

Parígi

to pass the summer.

passáre estáte.

If

you had come to see me,

veníre vedére

I would have lent

avére prestáre

you some.

I am

éssere

much obliged

molto obbligáto

to you for it.

When you had a mind

quando pensare

to go to France,

andáre Fráncia

were you resolved

risólvere

to set out

partíre

without

senza

taking leave of

licenziársi

your friends?

amíco?

No, sir,

no signóre

I had already taken leave of

essere digià licenziársi da

several.

molto.

Very well,

beníssimo

but

ma

you had forgotten me.

scordársi.

I am sorry

dispiacére

you have

so bad an opinion

cattívo opinióne

of me.

[1] Gram. p. 206, on if before that tense.

[2] See Gram. p. 206, on the particle if before the imperfect indicative.

On the Future, or time to come.

When

quando

will you go into

andáre

the country?

campágna?

I believe

crédere

I shall go there

andáre

to-morrow.

dománi.

Will you stay

restáre

long there?

un pezzo?

No, sir,

I shall stay but

two or three weeks.

due o tre settimána.

How

will you spend your time

passáre tempo

when you are there?

quando[1] éssere

I’ll go and see

andáre vedére

my friends,

amíco

and I will divert myself

divertíre

with those who

receive me

[2]ricévere

kindly.

corteseménte.

Will you not carry

portáre

some books

with you?

libro

No,

for I am sure

perchè sicúro

while I am there,

mentre[3]

I shall have

avére

no time

tempo

to read.

léggere.

You will forget

scordársi

all your Italian.

tutto Italiano.

I am certain

certo

I shall not,

di no

for I will not stay long there.

restáre molto

When once you are there,

una volta[4] éssere

your friends

amíco

will not permit you

permettere

to leave them

lasciáre

so soon.

così presto.

You shall see that

vedére

I’ll be here

éssere quì

next Sunday,

próssimo Doménica

and that

my friends

amíco

will not have so much power

avére tanto potére

over me as

you think.

pensáre.

What

will you bring me

portáre

from

the country?

campágna?

I’ll bring you

portáre

some partridges,

perníce

a hare,

lepre

and some pheasants.

fagiáno.

I shall be obliged

éssere obbligáto

to you for them.

[1] When you are there, render, when you shall be there.

[2] Ricevere, must be in the future, third person plural.

[3] Render, while I shall be there, mentre starò là.

[4] Render, when once you shall be there, quando una volta ci saréte.

On the Imperative, or Mood that commands.

Go from me

andáre

to my lady;

signóra

present my respects to

presentáre rispétto

her: give her this letter,

dare questo léttera

and bring me an answer;

portáre rispósta

should she not be

éssere

at home,

casa

stay till

restáre

she comes back.

ritornáre.

Speak Italian

parláre Italiáno

with me,

meco

pronounce well,

pronunziáre

begin again,

ricominciáre

read softly,

leggere adágio

repeat your lesson,

ripétere lezióne

go.

coraggio.

On the Construction of Verbs.

The Auxiliary Verb avére, requires an accusative Case.

You have a son

avére figlio

who has

the finest qualities

bello qualità

in the world;

mondo

he has

avére

a sweet countenance,

piacévole fisonomia

a great deal of civility,

molto civiltà

and very obliging manners;

cortése maniera

in short, he has

the love of every body,

affetto tutto

and you are happy

éssere fortunato

in having such a son.

A man is very happy

uómo molto felíce

who has

the fear of God

timóre Dio

and the love of his neighbours,

amóre prossimo

though

[1]benchè

he should not have

the riches of fortune.

richézza fortúna.

Those who

have wealth,

avére [2]richézza

and have no

charity for the poor,

carità povero

shall not share

partecipáre

God’s mercy.

Dio misericordia.

A man

uómo

that has

wit,

spírito

and no behaviour,

condótta

is despicable.

sprezzábile.

I have

scholars

scoláro

who have

sense,

giudizio

and are diligent;

éssere diligénte

but I have

others who are

altro che

dull,

ottusi

and very idle.

pigro.

If you have

avére

good manners,

buóno maniera

civility

civiltà

and complaisance,

compiacénza

you will be

éssere

loved by every body.

amáto tutto.

[1] Benchè governs the subjunctive mood.

[2] See Gram. p. 211, on the articles del, dello, della, &c.

Sometimes the Verb avére is used instead of éssere, especially when we speak of cold, heat, hunger, thirst, or of the age of any one.

I was very cold

avére freddo

when

I came,

veníre

but

am very warm

avére caldo

now.

adesso.

You eat

mangiáre

as if

come se

you were not hungry.

avére fame.

I beg your pardon,

domandáre perdóno

I eat heartily;

mangiáre di buón gusto

for I was very hungry.

avére molto appetito.

Are you not thirsty

avére sete

yet?

ancóra?

Yes, sir,

si, signóre

I am very thirsty,

avére gran sete

but I won’t drink yet;

ma volére bere ancóra

for if I drink

se bevére

when I am hungry,

quando avére fame

it prevents me from

impedíre

eating.

mangiáre.

How old is

quanto anno avére

your uncle?

zio?

He is not yet

avére ancóra

seventy years old.

settánta anno.

You surprise me,

sorpréndere

I thought

crédere

he was eighty.

avére ottánta.

And you, sir,

e signóre

how old are you?

anno avére?

I am not twenty

avére venti

yet.

ancóra.

On the Verb Substantive éssere. The Verb Substantive éssere requires the following noun in the Nominative Case.

Our master

nostro maestro

is diligent;

éssere diligénte

but I have been hitherto

éssere stato sinóra

very idle;

pigro

I have done as

avére fatto come

the drones.

cacchióne.

I have lost

avére pérdere

my parents’ love,

genitóre affetto

who always provided

che mi hanno sempre forníre

all things necessary for me:

tutto necessário

I have been unworthy

éssere stato indégno

of their care;

cura

but I will deserve

ma volére meritáre

to be called

éssere chiamáre

the most diligent

diligénte

of all our scholars

tutto scoláro

for the time to come.

all’avveníre.

The lion

leóne

is accounted

passáre per

the most generous of animals,

generóso animale

because

perchè

he is more placable

placábile

than the others.

altro.

The sanguinary minds

sanguinário animo

of some men

uómo

are more barbarous

éssere barbaro

than wild beasts.

fíera

Man is a creature

Uómo creatúra

of upright body:

dritto corpo

when he is old,

quando vécchio

his body bends

corpo inchinársi

towards the earth;

verso terra

and his soul ascends

ánima ascéndere

to heaven,

ciélo

which is his habitation

for ever.

dimóra.

How are you

come stare

this morning?

mattína?

I am very well,

stare beníssimo

thank you.

grazie.

How do your

[1]stare

father

padre

and mother

madre

do?

I hope

speráre

my father is well.

padre stare bene

He was well

the last time

último volta

I saw him,

vedére

but my mother

ma madre

has not been well

éssere stato bene

these two or three days.

[2]due tre giórno

And how are you, sir?

stare signóre?

I should be well enough,

stare ene abbastanza

if I had money.

[3]se avére danáro.

I hope

speráre

your lady is well.

signóra stare bene.

She is perfectly well,

stare perfettaménte bene

at your service.

servízio.

I am very glad

rallegrársi

to hear

sentíre

she is so well.

stare così bene.

What weather is it

[4] tempo fare

to-day,

oggi

I wish to know?

[5]volére sapére?

It is

the finest

bello

weather in

the world.

mondo.

Is it hotter

fare caldo

in Spain

Spagna

than in Italy?

Itália?

It is hotter

fare

there

in summer,

estáte

but it is very cold

ma fare freddo

in winter.

inverno.

If

it is fine weather

fare bello tempo

to-morrow,

dománi

we will go

andáre

in the country.

campágna.

I believe

crédere

it will not be fine weather,

fare bello tempo

for

perchè

it is very

dark

oscúro

to-night.

questa séra.

[1] When we inquire after any one’s health, we make use of the verb stare, instead of fare.

[2] These two or three days, i. e. da due o tre giorni in quà.

[3] If I had money, Se avessi danari, and not avevo.

[4] When we speak of the weather, we use the third person singular of the verb fare, instead of the verb éssere.

[5] Use the optative mood, and say, vorrei.

Personal Verbs governing a Genitive Case.

The Verb aver pietà governs the Genitive.

I have no pity

avére pietà

on the misery

della miséria

of those, who

being young and strong,

éssere gióvine forte

love better

amáre

to beg

accattáre

from door to

porta

door,

than to work

in che lavoráre

for their bread;

per guadagnarsi pane

but I pity much

ma avére pietà

the blind,

ciéco

and old people,

i vecchi

who are incapable

éssere incapáce

of doing any thing for

fare alcuna cosa

their living.

vitto.

I pity my brother,

avére pietà fratéllo

I pity

his folly,

pazzia

for he has wasted

perchè dilapidáre

all the fortune

tutto patrimonio

my father left him.

padre lasciáre.

The verb burlarsi governs the Genitive.

Men are

uómo éssere

often inclined

spesso inclináto

to laugh at

burlársi

others’ misfortunes,

di altri disgrázia

instead of

in vece di

having pity on them.

avére pietà.

Those who

quello che

call themselves Christians,

chiamársi Cristiáno

and do not live

non vívere

according to their religion,

secóndo religióne

mock God

burlársi Iddío

and his doctrine.

dottrína.

Do not jeer at

burlársi

others’ poverty,

altro povertà

for you do not know

non sapére

how long

quanto tempo

fortune will be favourable

fortúna éssere favorévole

to you;

and if

e se

you should become poor,

diventáre póvero

every one

ognúno

would laugh at you.

rídersi di.

It is

éssere

a great mark of folly

grande segno pazzía

to laugh

ridére

at every thing.

di tutto.

The verb pentirsi governs the Genitive.

If you repent sincerely

se pentírsi sinceraménte

for the fault

colpa

you have committed,

avére commésso

God will forgive you;

Iddío perdonáre

for he does not

perchè

love

amáre

the death of a sinner,

morte peccátore

but he will have him

volére

to repent of his sins.

pentírsi peccáto.

It is not enough

non bastáre

to say,

dire

I repent of my ill conduct,

pentírsi cattívo condótta

and of my bad life,

mala vita

if you do not shew

se mostráre

the effects

effétto

of your repentance

pentiménto

by a new

nuóvo

and better life.

migliór vita.

The verb rallegrarsi governs the Genitive.

A good Christian

buóno Cristiáno

ought never

dovére mai

to rejoice at

rallegrársi

others’ misfortunes.

altro disgrázia.

I rejoice at

rallegrársi

the good success

buóno riuscíta

you had

avére

in your business.

affare.

Come and rejoice

veníre

with me

meco

at the good news

buóno nuóva

I received

ricévere

to-day.

oggi.

How will you have me

come volére

rejoice at

rallegrársi

a thing

cosa

I do not know?

non sapére?

Tell me

dire

first of all

avanti ogni cosa

what news

nuóva

I must rejoice at.

dovére rallegrársi.

The verb ricordársi governs the Genitive.

Do you remember

ricordársi

the promise

proméssa

you made me

fare

yesterday?

jéri?

I do not remember it

non ricordársi

at all.

affatto

Do you not remember

the sum of money

somma danáro

you said

dire

you would lend me?

prestáre?

I assure you

assicuráre

I had forgotten it,

avére scordáto

I remember it

ricordársi

very well

beníssimo

now.

adésso.

The verb languíre requires a Genitive case.

He who languishes

quello languíre

with thirst,

di sete

gives greater thanks

réndere grande grázia

to the man who

offers him water,

offeríre acqua

than if a prince

che se príncipe

gave him a crown.

dare coróna.

The man who

uómo

languishes

languíre

for love

amóre

ought to be pitied.

dovére compiánto.

The verbs obbedíre and disobbedíre require a Dative.

We ought not only

dovére non solo

to obey

obbedíre

our parents,

genitori

but also

ma anche

our superiors,

superióre

if we would obey

se volére obbedíre

God’s commands.

comandaménto.

One sees very seldom

si vedére raraménte

a child prosper

figliuólo prosperáre

in this world,

mondo

who does not obey

obbedíre

his father and mother.

padre madre.

When God commanded

quando Iddío comandáre

Abraham to sacrifice Isaac,

Abramo sacrificáre Isácco

his only son,

único figlio

he immediately obeyed

súbito obbedíre

the Lord’s voice;

Signóre voce

but the angel of the Lord

ma ángelo Signóre

did not permit him

perméttere

to slay the child,

uccídere fanciullo

and told him

dire

his obedience

obbediénza

had been agreeable

éssere stato grato

to God.

Dio.

The verb parláre will have a Dative Case of the Person.

God speaks

Iddío parláre

to sinners

peccatóre

sometimes

qualche volta

most gently,

benignamente

that he may draw them

affine di trárre

to obedience;

obbediénza

he speaks to them of

parláre

the blessed life

beáta vita

which he has prepared fo

avére preparáto

his servants;

servo

sometimes

qualche volta

he speaks to them of the

parláre

abyss

abísso

which shall be

éssere

the reward of sin;

mercéde peccáto

yet his promises

pure proméssa

and threatenings

mináccia

move not

muóvere

stubborn minds.

ostináto mente.

The verbs preténdere and aspiráre govern the Dative Case.

All those who

tutto quello

call themselves Christians

chiamársi Cristiáno

pretend to

preténdere

everlasting life;

etérno vita

but few

ma pochi

are they that would suffer

sono soffríre

the least thing

minimo cosa

to deserve it;

meritáre

but if it is a point

se si tratta

to aspire to

aspiráre

some employment,

qualche impiégo

or dignity,

dignità

there is none but would suffer

non vi è nissúno che non sopporti

a great deal of

molto

fatigue,

fatíca

labour,

lavóro

and pain

pena

to obtain it.

The verb giuocáre (when one speaks of all sorts of games) governs the Dative Case.

I do not love

amáre

to play

giuocáre

at games of chances,

giuóco azzardo

as at cards,

come carta

or at dice,

dadi

but I love to play

ma amáre giuocáre

sometimes

qualche volta

at bowls,

bocce

at billiards,

bigliárdo

at tennis,

pallacórda

or at nine-pins.

o birilli.

Do you never play

mai giuocáre

at cards,

carte

at chess,

scacchi

or draughts?

dama?

I play

giuocáre

sometimes

at piquet

picchétto

to please the company.

far piacére compagnía.

Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Person, and a Genitive of the Thing.

The verbs accusáre, biasimáre, avvertíre, and assólvere, will have the Accusative of the Person, and the Genitive of the Thing.

One boy

ragázzo

accuses another

accusáre altro

of idleness;

pigrízia

the master hears

maéstro sentíre

their tales,

stória

but punishes

ma puníre

him only whom he thinks

solaménte quello crédere

guilty

colpévole

and deserving of punishment.

degno castígo.

Every one

tutti

blames you

biasimáre

for your

negligence

negligénza

and ignorance.

ignoránza.

I often admonished you

spesso avvertíre

of your duty;

vostro dovére

if you do not improve

se profittáre

as well as others,

come altro

it is not my fault.

non è colpa.

When a judge acquits

quando giúdice assólvere

a man of a crime

uno delítto

he is guilty of,

reo

if he commits again

se comméttere di nuovo

the same fault,

stesso fallo

he deserves

merita

a double punishment.

dóppio castígo.

The verb condannáre governs the Accusative of the Person, and the Genitive of the Thing; but when it signifies to condemn to death, the name of the punishment ought to be put in the Dative Case.

Every one

ogn’ uno

condemns you

condannáre

very much

molto

for the action

azióne

you committed

comméttere

the other day.

altro giórno.

During the persecution

nel tempo della persecuzióne

in France,

Fráncia

many brave gentlemen

molto bravo cavaliére

were condemned,

condannáre

some to the

gallows,

forca[1]

and some to the

galleys,

galéra

for the defence of

difésa

their religion.

religióne.

[1] Nouns ending in ca and ga, make che and ghe in the plural, as forca, forche; pága, paghe.

The verb ottenére will have an Accusative of the Thing, and an Ablative of the Person.

A scholar who

scoláro

obtains

ottenére

his master’s favour

maéstro favóre

is more happy than

più felíce

he who is idle,

pigro

who loses his honour,

pérdere onóre

wastes his time,

consumáre tempo

and continues a blockhead,

continuáre ad éssere sciocco

though

benchè

play be pleasant

giuóco éssere piacévole

to him

for a little while.

poco.

Verbs governing an Accusative Case of the Dative.

The verbs invitáre, esortáre, will have an Accusative of the Person, and a Dative of the Thing.

God invites

Iddio invitáre

sinners

peccatóre

to eternal happiness,

etérno felicità

he calls them to

chiamáre

repentance,

pentiménto

he speaks

parláre

most graciously

benignaménte

to them.

He has prepared for

preparáre

penitent sinners

peniténte peccatóre

all that belongs to

tutto appartenére

blessedness,

felicità

all that they can

tutto potére

desire.

bramáre.

Remember

ricordársi

your master’s words;

maéstro paróla

he exhorts you to

esortáre

industry,

indústria

which is

éssere

beneficial

vantaggióso

to yourselves;

your pains

lavóro

shall produce

prodúrre

a great advantage;

grande vantággio

he uses his best endeavours

fare ogni suo sforzo

for your benefit;

utile

be not your own enemies.

éssere di voi stessi nemíco.

Paragonáre requires an Accusative of the first Noun, (either of the Person or of the Thing) and the other in the Dative.

If we compare

se paragonáre

the longest life

lungo vita

to eternity,

eternità

it is very

short.

corto.

If we compare

comparáre

the happiest condition

felíce condizióne

of this world

mondo

to everlasting life,

etérno vita

it is miserable, and

miserábile

not worthy our desire.

indegno desidério

If we compare

paragonáre

the number of good men

número buóno

to the multitude of wicked,

moltitúdine malvágio

it is small.

píccolo.

Dare and restituíre will have an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person.

I will soon give

presto dare

my mother

madre

the money

danáro

she entrusted me

confidáre

with.

God will give

Iddío dare

a reward

mercéde

to those men

who please him,

quello piacére

and to

those whom

quello che

he has set up

avére costituíto

governors of the world.

governatóre mondo.

I returned

restituíre

my master

maéstro

the book

libro

which I borrowed;

prender ad impréstito

he lent it to me,

prestáre

and it was my duty

éssere dovére

to read it,

léggere

and not to keep it;

tenére

though

benchè[1]

books delight me very much,

libro piacére moltíssimo

I ought to restore them

dovére restituíre

to those whom

quello cui

they belong to.

appartenére.

[1] Benchè governs the subjunctive mood. See Gram. p. 209.

These verbs dovére, prométtere, and pagáre, will have an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person.

I owe him money,

dovére danáro

because I promised

perchè prométtere

to pay him

pagáre

another man’s debt;

altro débito

but at present

ma adésso

I have myself

avére io stesso

need of money,

bisógno danáro

that I may pay

pagáre

what I owe to

dovére

my creditors.

creditóre.

When

quando

will you pay me

volére pagáre

what you owe me?

dovére?

I promise you

prométtere

I will pay it to you

pagáre

next week.

próssimo settimána.

Insegnáre requires an Accusative of the Thing, and a Dative of the Person.

I have been

[1]éssere stato

twelve years

dódici anno

in this country,

paése

during which time

nel quale tempo

I have had the honour

avére avúto onóre

of teaching

insegnáre

several ladies and gentlemen

molta signóra signóre

the Italian language.

Italiáno

Masters

maéstro

ought to teach

dovére insegnáre

children

ragázzo

not only the things

non solaménte cosa

which concern science;

risguardáre sciénza

but they ought also

ma dovére anche

to teach them things

insegnáre cosa

which concern

risguardáre

their soul

ánima

and their salvation:

salvazióne

for

perchè

science

scienza

without religion is

an unprofitable thing.

inutile.

[1] I have been twelve years in this country; render, Sono dódici anni che sto in questo paése.

Of the construction of the Infinitive, with the preposition di.

When after the verbs astenérsi, consideráre, and avvertíre, there follows an Infinitive, it ought to be put with the Preposition di.

Rash men

temerário uómo

often propose

spesso propórsi

to do things which

fare cosa

are above their capacity.

éssere superióre capacità

A man that

uómo

abstains

astenérsi

from eating and

mangiáre

drinking to excess,

bere all’eccésso

from swearing,

bestemmiáre

and keeping bad company,

frequentáre compagnía

may be called

potere chiamáre

an honest man.

onésto uómo.

I thought of going

pensáre andáre

this morning

questa mattina

to see

vedére

Mr. —— but

il Signór —— ma

a friend of mine

amíco

advised me

consigliáre

not to go there.

andáre.

I had a mind to advise you

avére voglia consigliáre

not to keep company with

andáre compagnía

that man who

uómo

brought this trouble

causáre disturbo

upon you;

but I since resolved

ma poi risolvérsi

to say nothing

dire niente

about it,

for fear of

per timóre

disobliging you.

dispiacére.

The verbs supplicáre, consigliáre, incaricársi, and costríngere, will have an Infinitive with the Preposition di.

I have a mind

avére vóglia

to compel

costríngere

Mr. ——

il Signor ——

to pay me

pagáre

the money he owes me;

danáro dovére

nevertheless

nulladimeno

I should be very glad

avére a caro

not to put him to trouble,

non dare briga

because

perchè

he has always been

éssere sempre stato

my friend:

amíco

what do you advise me

consigliáre

to do

fare

in this case?

caso?

I beg of you

pregáre

to have

avére

a little patience;

paziénza

I take the charge

incaricársi

to get you

ricuperáre

your money.

danáro.

The verbs proibíre, desideráre, differíre, procuráre, impedíre, speráre, fíngere, affrettársi, require also an Infinitive with the Preposition di.

God forbids us

Iddío proibíre

to sin,

peccáre

nevertheless

nulladiméno

we never desist

mai desístere

from offending him,

offéndere

we always defer

sempre differíre

obeying his voice;

obbedíre voce

we seem to strive

parére procuráre

to disobey him

disobbedíre

in every thing.

ogni cosa

If we hope to share

speráre avére parte

in the merits of

mérito

our blessed Saviour’s sufferings,

beáto Salvatóre patimenti

let nothing hinder us

niénte impedíre

from beginning

principiáre

this day

oggi

to use all our endeavours

fare tutto sforzo

to deserve it;

meritáre

let us make haste

affrettársi

to begin

principiáre

the great work

grande ópera

of our salvation;

salvazióne

let us not feign

fíngere

to be converted,

éssere convertíto

but let us convert ourselves

convertíre

in good earnest,

da davvéro

for nobody can deceive

nessúno potére ingannáre

God.

The verbs meditáre, parláre, perméttere, prométtere, propórre, presúmere, preténdere, protestáre, rifiutáre, risólvere, auguráre, will also have an Infinitive with the Preposition di, after them.

Never meditate to do

mai meditáre fare

any wrong

torto

to your neighbour.

próssimo

When you speak of

quando parláre

undertaking

intrapréndere

some great

grande

thing,

cosa

permit me to tell you,

perméttere dire

that you ought

dovére

to consult

your friends

amíco

before you begin it.

prima cominciáre.

Never promise to do

mai prométtere fare

any thing,

cosa

unless you are sure

se non éssere sicúro

to do it.

fáre.

Never presume to have

presúmere avére

more understanding

intendiménto

than those who

che quello

have

the care of

cura

your conduct.

condótta.

Do not pretend ever to prosper

preténdere mai prosperáre

in this world,

mondo

if you have not

se avére

the fear of God.

timóre Dio.

If you protest

protestáre

to God with

an humble and

úmile

sincere heart

sincéro cuóre

to amend your life,

emendáre vita

he will receive you

ricévere

among his children.

fra figliuólo.

Never refuse

rifiutáre

to do a good office

réndere servízio

to your friends,

amíco

when it is in your

power.

potére.

Do you desire to pass

desideráre passáre

for an honest man?

galántuómo

Endeavour

procuráre

to do all you can

fare tutto potére

to oblige

obbligáre

every body.

chicchessia.

When there follows after the Verb avére either of these substantives permissióne, desidério, vóglia, cura, costúme, bisógno, motivo, ragióne, torto, dritto, occasióne, the following Verb must be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

I believe

crédere

you have a mind to play;

avére vóglia giuocáre

but I will not give you

ma volére dare

leave

permissióne

to go out

uscíre

till

[1]finchè

you have done your

avére fare

exercise.

esercízio

You are in the right, sir,

[2] ragióne signóre

to forbid me

proibirmi

to go out,

d’andar fuori

and I am in the wrong

[3] torto

to desire it—I have

desideráre

no cause

motivo

to be angry with you,

éssere cóllera

for it is not

éssere

your custom

costúme

to be idle.

pigro.

[1] Finchè governs the subjunctive mood.

[2] You are in the right, sir, Ella ha ragióne.

[3] I am in the wrong, sir, ho torto.

When a Verb is followed by l’opportunità, l’occasione, il tempo, il mezzo, la volontà, il cuóre, il potére, l’autorità, that Verb ought to be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

When I have

quando [1]avére

an opportunity to see

occasione vedére

your father,

padre

I will tell him

dire

how much

quanto

you deserve

meritáre

to be praised for

éssere lodáto

your uncommon diligence.

straordinário diligénza.

Whilst we have

mentre [2]avére

it in our power to acquire

potére acquistáre

knowledge,

cognizióne

let us improve

profittáre

such precious opportunity.

tale prezióso opportunità.

I wonder how

maravigliársi

men have the heart

uómo avére cuóre

to hate

odiársi

one another.

gli uni gli altri.

God has given

Iddio dáre

to kings

Re

power to command,

potére comandáre

and to judges

giúdice

authority to judge.

autorità giudicáre.

[1] I have, put it in the future, and say, avrò.

[2] We have it, is changed into it is for the Italian idiom.

When after the Verb substantive éssere there follows either of these nouns conténto, obbligáto, in pena, sul punto, in perícolo, the following Verb is to be put in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

I am very glad

éssere conténto

to hear that

sentíre

you overcame your

víncere

enemies,

nemíco

and I should have been sorry

[1]rincréscere

to have heard

sentire

the contrary.

contrário.

I return you

réndere

many thanks

molto grázia

for your friendship,

amicízia

for I was in danger of

perchè éssere in perícolo

losing my suit.

pérdere lite.

I was anxious

ansióso

to know

sapére

what had happened to you;

succédere

and if

se

you had not come,

éssere veníre

I was on the point of

éssere sul punto

going to see you.

venire vedére.

[1] I should have been sorry; mi sarébbe rincresciúto.

The Verbs avvezzársi, impiegáre, incoraggíre, eccitáre, invitáre, esibírsi, dilettársi, tenérsi pronto, lavoráre, will have after them an Infinitive with the Preposition a, or ad before a vowel.

We ought

dovere

to employ

impiegáre

the days of our life

giórno vita

in preparing ourselves

preparársi

for the other world.

altro mondo.

Masters who

maéstro

use mildness

usáre dolcézza

in teaching

insegnáre

their scholars,

scoláro

encourage them more

incoraggíre

to learn well

imparáre bene

than those who

use

usáre

too much severity.

troppo severità

An honest man

onésto uómo

takes always pleasure

dilettársi sempre

in obliging his friends.

favorire amíco.

The love of God

amóre Dío

invites us

invitáre

to love

amáre

one another.

Let us keep ourselves

tenérsi

in readiness

pronto

to appear before

comparíre innánzi

the living God.

vivénte Dío.

Let us labour

lavoráre

continually

continuaménte

to obtain

ottenére

eternal life.

etérna vita.

When vi è, or v’è, precedes the Adverb niénte, the next Verb must be in the Infinitive with the Preposition da, or a.

There is nothing to fear

non vi è niénte temére

in serving God.

[1]servíre Iddío.

There is nothing to say

non v’è niénte dire

to what you have done.

avére fatto.

There is nothing to do

niénte fare

in that at present.

adésso.

There is nothing so easy to learn

niénte così fácile imparáre

as the Italian language.

Italiáno lingua.

[1] In serving God, nel servíre Iddío.

When an Adverb of quantity follows v’è, it requires an Infinitive with the Preposition a, or da.

There is a great deal of

v’è gran [1]

satisfaction

soddisfazióne

in teaching

insegnáre

diligent boys,

diligénte ragázzo

but there is a great deal of trouble

gran incomodo

in instructing

istruíre

idle scholars.

pigro scoláro.

There is a great deal

v’è molto

to say against

dire contro

the conduct of

condótta

wicked people;

malvágio gente

but there is nothing

non v’è niénte

to say against

dire contro

the conduct of

condótta

honest people.

onésto gente.

[1] See Gram. p. 210, a great deal of.

On the English Participle in ing.

When the English Participle in ing comes after a Verb of motion with the Preposition a before it, we use the corresponding substantive, instead of the Verb, though sometimes the latter.

He who goes a hunting

quello che andáre caccia

or visiting his friends,

[1] visitáre amíco

when business requires

quando affáre richiédere

his care and time,

cura tempo

shows

mostráre

by his conduct

condótta

that he prefers

[2]preferíre

his diversion before

divertiménto

his profit,

profítto

the company of his friends

compagnía amíco

before the advantage

vantággio

of his family.

famíglia.

The boy who

ragázzo

goes a playing

andáre giuocáre

with his school-fellows,

condiscepolo

when he ought to be

quando dovére éssere

diligently employed

diligéntemente intórno

at the task

a lavoro

his master gave him,

maéstro assegnare

evinces,

prováre

by his neglect,

negligénza

that he prefers play to

preferíre giuóco

his master’s love,

maéstro affétto

and his own profit.

profítto.

[1] Ibid. p. 201, on verbs of motion.

[2] Preferisce il divertimento al profitto, la compagnia degli amici al, &c.

The English Participle in ing, after from, must be put in Italian in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

The providence of God

provvidenza Dio

keeps us from perishing;

impedíre períre

the power of God

poténza Dio

hinders us from doing

impedíre fare

those things

cosa

which displease him;

dispiacére

the grace of God

grazia Dio

prevents us from sinning;

impedíre peccáre

the goodness of God

bontà

preserves us from suffering

preserváre soffríre

afflictions.

afflizióne.

The English Participle in ing after a Verb importing to cease, to leave, or to go over, must be rendered in Italian by the Infinitive mood with the Preposition di.

He who

quello che

leaves off doing

cessáre fare

praise-worthy actions,

lodévole azióne

and plunges into vice,

immergérsi vízio

was never truly good.

éssere mai veraménte buono.

A wise man

sávio uómo

never leaves off learning

mai tralasciáre imparáre

whilst he lives;

finchè vivere

for he who has great wisdom,

perchè è dotato di grande sapere

has still need of

ancora bisógno

more knowledge.

maggiore conoscènza.

When the Participle in ing follows the auxiliary Verb to be, this verb must be left out, and the Italian Verb that represents the Participle, must be put in the same tense, number, and person as the auxiliary is.

A diligent boy

diligénte ragázzo

is always learning,

sempre studiare

not only while

non solaménte mentre

the master is instructing,

maéstro istruíre

but also while

ma anche

other boys are playing.

altro ragázzo giuocáre.

Apelles was

Apélle

daily drawing

ogni giórno dipingere

some excellent pictures

eccellénte pittúra

with wonderful art;

maraviglióso arte

no day passed

nessúno giórno passáre

without a line.

senza linéa.

Those who

do not employ their time well

impiegáre bene tempo

in the beginning of their lives,

[1] princípio vita

will be perpetually lamenting

perpetuamente piangere

their folly;

pazzia

they will be incessantly condemning

ad ogni moménto condannársi

themselves, and

saying, Ah!

díre Ah!

at what a price

prezzo

would I not purchase

compráre

the time past!

tempo passato!

[1] In the beginning of their lives; i. e. nella loro gioventù.

Of the Participle past.

When one of these Pronouns che, il, lo, la, &c. meets before the compound tenses, the Pronoun ought to agree with the Participle in gender and number.

I received

ricévere

the books which

libro

my brother sent me;

fratéllo mandáre

I read them all,

léggere tutto

they are very good,

éssere buóno

and well written.

bene scrítto.

The letter which

léttera

my father wrote to me

padre scrivere

is very severe;

éssere sevéro

I showed it to

mostráre

my mother, and

madre

she is very sorry for it.

[1]dispiacére.

[1] She is very sorry for it; glíene dispiáce moltíssimo.

When these Pronouns, mio, me, te, noi, voi, &c. are the case of the Verb, they must agree with the Participle in gender and in number.

My dear friends,

caro amíco

I have always loved you

avére sempre amáto

like my children,

come figlio

I have often admonished you

avére spesso ammoníre

for your own good;

proprio bene

I have several times exhorted you

spesse volte esortáre

to practise virtue;

praticáre virtù

if

se

you are not

truly virtuous,

veraménte virtuóso

it is not my fault.

éssere colpa.

I met your brother

incontráre fratéllo

this morning,

mattína

we embraced

abbracciársi

one another

like good friends,

da buóno amíco

and I rejoice that

rallegrársi

we are reconciled.

riconciliársi.

The books which

libro

I have seen you reading

avére vedére léggere

are not good.

buóno.

These are

ecco

all the copies

tutto cópia

which you have given me

avére dare

to write.

scrívere.

Your brothers

fratéllo

have done

fare

quite the contrary of

tutto contrário

what I had advised them

avére consigliáre

to do.

fare.

On Adverbs.

[See Gram. p. 209.]

Adverbs are generally put after the Verb, and in compound tenses between the Verb and the Participle.

It is

a lamentable thing

doloroso cosa

to see youths

vedére gióvane

with much wit,

di molto spirito

and a good disposition

buóno disposizióne

to learn,

imparáre

take but little pains

pigliáre poco pena

to answer

[1]rispóndere

the expectations of

aspettazióne

their parents.

genitori.

[1] Rispondere governs the dative case of the thing.

Adverbs of Interrogation must always be put before the Verb.

Where did you come from?

da dove veníre

Why

perchè

did you not stay for me?

aspettáre?

When will you have done

quando cessáre

laughing at

burláre

your friends?

amíco?

Why did you say,

perchè dire

I had promised you

promettere

to go in the country?

andáre campágna?

Where is your father?

dove padre

Is he in town?

éssere città?

Where did you buy

compráre

this fine horse?

bello cavállo?

I bought it at

compráre

the last country fair.

último campágna fiéra.

Where are

éssere

the ladies your sisters?

signóra sorélla?

I believe

crédere

they are gone out

éssere uscíto

to take an airing.

pigliar aria.

Whither are you going

andáre

so fast?

così

You are in great haste.

avére gran fretta.

I go

andáre

to Mr. Clement’s house,

dal signóre Cleménte[1]

for I heard

perchè sentíre

my brother

fratéllo

is there, and

I have some business

avére qualche cosa

with him.

da fare con lui.

You are mistaken,

ingannársi

he is not there;

éssere là

for I met him

incontráre

just now,

un momento fa

and he told me

dire

he was going to

andáre

his sister’s house.

sorélla.

I was going to

andáre

your house;

but since I met you,

ma giacchè incontráre

we will go to

andáre

my house,

where we shall dine.

dove pranzáre.

I beg you will excuse me,

pregáre scusáre

indeed I cannot;

in verità non potére

for I must go to

bisógno andáre

my lady Arabella’s,

signóra Arabélla

to pay a visit to

fare vísita

her children.

figlio.

They are not at home,

éssere casa

for

perchè

I saw them

vedere

going into the park.

andáre parco.

Let us go then

andáre dunque

and see if

vedére se

your brothers are

fratéllo

at home.

casa.

They are not,

éssere

I know they are

sapére éssere

gone a hunting.

andáto cáccia.

What is the matter

cosa ha

with you,

sir?

signóre

You seem to be

parére essere

grieved.

afflítto.

O no, sir,

I am not,

non sono afflítto

but I come from

veníre

Mr. Vincent’s,

Vincenzo

who is very ill.

ammaláto.

You surprise me,

sorprendere

for as I was coming

perchè veníre

from my house,

casa

I met his brother,

incontráre fratéllo

who did not mention it

parlare

to me.

Do you know

sapére

from whence he was coming,

di dove veníre

when you met him?

quando incontráre?

I believe

crédere

he was coming from

veníre

his own house.

casa.

Can you tell me

potére dire

where he is gone?

dove éssere andáto?

I was assured

éssere assicuráto

that he is set out for

éssere partito

his uncle’s

zio

country-house.

casa di campágna.

Which way did you pass,

per dove passáre

in your way to Italy,

quando andáre Itália?

I passed by

passáre

Rouen,

Roano

Paris,

Parígi

Orleans

Orleáno

and Lyons.

Lióne.

Which way did you come back

per dove tornáre

to England?

Inghilterra?

I returned by

ritornáre

Germany

Germánia

and Holland.

Olánda.

[1] At, or to, before house or home, must be rendered by da, dal, or in casa. See Gram. p. 209.

On Prepositions.

[See Gram. p. 209.]

These Prepositions di diétro, vicíno, intórno, dirimpétto, infíno, will have a Dative after them.

Sir,

signóre

if I knew

[1]se sapére

where you live,

dove stare di casa

I would take the liberty

pigliáre libertà

to go and pay you a visit.

[2]veníre fare vísita.

Sir,

you would give yourself

dare

too much trouble;

troppo incómodo

however, if

però se

you do me that favour,

fare favóre

you shall be very welcome;

éssere il benvenúto

I live near the Temple,

stare vicíno Témpio

opposite

dirimpétto

Chancery-lane.

I believe

crédere che

my best way

la miglior strada

to go to your house is to

che possa fare per veníre da

pass by

voi sia di passáre

London-bridge.

Londra ponte

You are in the right, sir,

avére ragióne

since

giacchè

you live behind the Tower.

stare di diétro Torre.

A poor labourer

póvero lavoránte

that works from

travaglíare

morning till night

mattína infíno sera

(when he is well paid

quando éssere bene pagáto

for his labour)

lavóro

lives

vívere

more content and satisfied,

conténto sodisfátto

than those who

have great riches.

avére gran richézza.

He who shall be

éssere

constant even to death,

costánte infíno morte

shall have

avére

the crown of glory.

coróna glória.

[1] See Gram. p. 202, on se before a preterimperfect.

[2] Ibid. p. 203, when we use veníre instead of andare.

On Conjunctions which require the Subjunctive after them.

[See Gram. p. 204.]

The following Conjunctions prima che, acciocchè, finchè, per paura che, sin che, benchè, purchè, a meno che, Iddío voglia che, require the Subjunctive after them.

You will speak

parláre

Italian well,

Italiáno bene

provided

purchè

you take pains;

darsi pena

I tell you so,

direacciochè

that

acciochè

you may take courage,

pigliáre corággio

and learn well.

imparáre bene.

I remember I told you

ricordársi dire

several times

parécchie volte

that you will never write

mai scrívere

Italian correctly,

Italiáno correttaménte

unless

a meno che

you study the rules.

studiáre regola.

I will take so much pains,

darsi pena

that

I hope

sperare

I shall write it

scrívere

well

before

prima

next summer.

próssimo state.

You will soon perceive

présto accorgérsi

the effects of it,

effétto

provided

purchè

you follow my directions,

seguíre suggerimento

though

benchè

you think

sembrare

the Italian tongue

Italiáno lingua

is very difficult.

éssere diffícile.

Please God

piáccia Iddío

it may be as you say;

éssere come dire

for

perchè

it would be

éssere

a great satisfaction

grande soddisfazióne

to me.

I esteem

stimáre

a man

uno

very unhappy

molto infelíce

that has not the fear of God,

avére timóre Iddío

though

benchè

he should possess

possédere

all the treasures

tutto tesóro

in the world,

mondo

even though

benchè

he should have

avére

all the other fine qualities

altro bello qualità

that can make a man

potére réndere úno

perfect.

perfetto.

I always praised you

sempre lodáre

very much

molto

before

prima che

you became so idle;

diveníre pigro

and I told you

dire

several times

più volte

that you would lose

pérdere

the good opinion

buóno opinióne

every one had of you,

tutto avére

unless

a meno che

you should be

éssere

as diligent and careful

diligénte premuróso

as you were before.

éssere prima.

When I corrected you

quando corréggere

for your faults,

colpa

it was not

éssere

because

perchè

I did not love you;

amáre

on the contrary,

al contrário

it was to the end that

éssere acciocchè

you should employ your time well,

impiegáre témpo

and that you should be

éssere

more diligent

più diligénte

than you are

now.

adesso.

Though

benchè

you began

principiáre

to learn Italian

imparáre Italiáno

before me,

prima di me

I hope

speráre

I shall speak it soon

parláre presto

as well as you.

bene quanto voi.

I do not believe so,

crédere

unless

a meno che

you have learned

avére

all the rules of the grammar.

tutto régola grammática.

Though

benchè

I did not learn them,

imparáre

yet

pure

I will take so much pains,

pigliáre tanto pena

that what I told you

dire

will prove true.

éssere vero.

It will be some time

vi vorrà del tempo

before

prima che

you have read them.

léggere.

Would to God

volésse Iddío

I had known you

conóscere

sooner,

I should speak

parláre

Italian well now:

Italiáno bene ora

and although

benchè

I had learned

imparáre

when I was young,

éssere gióvine

yet I knew

sapére

but very little of it,

pochíssimo

when I began with you.

quando principiáre.

Perhaps

forse

it was not

éssere

your master’s fault;

maéstro colpa

for before

prima che

I composed my grammar,

compórre grammática

I found but few

trováre poco

that would learn grammatically.

imparáre grammaticalménte.

It is true

vero

I had a very good master,

avére buóno maéstro

and if I had

se avére

believed him,

crédere

I should have learned

avére imparáto

by rules,

per principj

but I found them

ma trováre

too tedious;

troppo nojóso

and would to Heaven

volésse Cielo

I had followed

avére seguito

his advice,

consíglio

for

perchè

I have a great desire

avére gran voglia

to speak Italian.

parláre Italiáno.

Some Verbs signifying will, desire, leave, or fear, will have the Conjunction che after them, and the following Verb in the Subjunctive.

I will leave you

lasciáre

to do that.

fare.

I wish

desideráre

you may be

éssere

as honest as

onésto

your father.

padre.

I ordered

ordináre

dinner

pranzo

to be ready

éssere pronto

immediately.

subito.

That must be done

bisógna fare

quickly.

presto.

God permitted

Iddío perméttere

it should happen.

succédere.

I am afraid

avére paura

you were mistaken.

ingannársi.

We express the two Anglicisms this day se’nnight, this day fortnight, by d’oggi a otto, d’oggi a quindici.

I believe

crédere

I shall go

andáre

into the country

campágna

this day se’nnight,

d’oggi a otto

but I hope

speráre

I shall come back

ritornáre

this day fortnight.

d’oggi a quíndici.

I am sure that

éssere sicúro

when once you are there,

quando una volta éssere

you will not return

tornáre

so soon

così présto

to town.

città.

I give you my word that

dare paróla

this day fortnight

d’oggi a quíndici

I will come to see you.

veníre vedére.

When

quando

will your brother go

fratéllo andáre

to Germany?

Germánia?

He expects to go

contare andáre

this day se’nnight,

d’oggi a otto

if it is fine weather.

se fare bel tempo.

The word people, when taken generally for the people of a whole country, is expressed in Italian by the word gente.

The French

Francése

had the name of being

avére riputazióne éssere

the most civil people

civíle gente

in the world.

mondo.

I should not like

amáre

to live among

vívere fra

the Spaniards,

Spagnuólo

for they are

perchè éssere

very jealous people;

gelóso gente

but I should never be tired

ma éssere mai stanco

of living among

vívere fra

the English,

Inglése

for I believe

perchè crédere

they are

éssere

the most civil

civíle

the most courteous,

cortése

and the most obliging

obbligánte

people in the world.

gente mondo.

When the word people signifies subjects, it is expressed in Italian by the word pópolo.

A good prince

buóno príncipe

should prefer

preferíre

the happiness of his people

felicità pópolo

to his own.

Happy are the people

felíce pópolo

who have a

avére

good prince

buón

to govern them.

governáre.

On the Particle si, it is, they, one, &c. [See Gram. p. 211.] The Particle si is always put before a Verb, and the Verb must be impersonal.

I was told that

dire

you speak Italian

parláre Italiáno

very well.

benissimo.

They do me

fare

more honour than

onóre

I deserve;

meritáre

I wish it were true.

volére vero.

They say

dire

you are going to be married.

stare per maritársi.

They say so,

dire così

indeed;

in verità

but

ma

they are

much mistaken.

molto ingannársi.

I was assured that

assicuráre

the lady’s father and your’s

[1]signóra padre

had concluded

conchiúdere

the articles of marriage.

articólo matrimónio.

If they say so,

se dire così

it is

without

senza

any foundation.

alcúno fondaménto.

I am very glad

rallegrársi

to see you,

vedére

for I was told

perchè dire

you were gone to

France.

Fráncia.

Pray who told you

di grazia dire

such a falsehood?

tale falsità

No matter;

non impórta

and we were also told,

éssere detto

you were to go to

andáre

Italy.

Itália.

[1] The lady’s father and your’s, vostro padre e quello della signora.

The Verb to use in English, signifies in Italian servírsi, assuefársi, accostumársi; when it signifies servírsi, it is commonly followed by a Noun, but otherwise it is followed by a Verb.

He who forgets

dimenticare

those things which

cosa

he desires to remember,

desideráre ricordársi

must use helps

dovére servírsi ajúto

to cultivate his memory,

coltiváre memória

or use

o

the greatest diligence

grande diligénza

and attention

attenzióne

when he is reading,

quando léggere

that he may retain

ritenére

profitable instructions;

profittévole istruzióne

for when they have once

perchè quando éssere una volta

slipt out

uscíto

of the memory,

memória

there is need of

bisognáre

fresh reading

nuóva lettúra

to recall them.

richiamáre.

All men

tutto uómo

desire riches,

desideráre ricchézze

but all do not use

ma tutto non ne usano

riches rightly;

bene

when they are come to

quando avére acquistato

honours and wealth,

onóre opulénza

they are still greedy

ancóra avído

to heap up more.

accumuláre

He who

desires

desideráre

nothing,

niente

wants nothing:

avér bisógno

it is a wise man’s part

sávio uómo

to restrain his desires.

dovére moderáre desidério.

The Impersonal Verb impórta, requires a Dative Case.

It much concerns

molto impórta

young people

gioventù

to avoid bad company,

schiváre cattívo compagnía

as they would

come

beware of the plague;

guardársi peste

it is more hurtful

nuocévole

to the mind,

spirito

than the most contagious disease

contagióso malattía

to the body.

corpo.

It concerns me,

impórta

and all men

tutto

to look to ourselves;

badáre

the world is full of

mondo piéno

knaves and knavery.

furbo furbéria

It is hard to be known,

diffícile sapére

and he is hard to be found,

trováre

who is fit to be trusted.

fidársi.

The greatest caution

grande cautéla

is to be used

adopráre

in the presence of children;

presénza ragázzo

masters must

maéstro dovére

behave themselves

comportársi

very warily,

prudentémente

lest scholars learn evil of them;

per timóre che scoláro imparáre del male

and it greatly concerns

molto impórta

boys

gióvane

to imitate

imitáre

their master’s virtues.

maéstro virtù.

When the word to speak, is joined with truth, it is expressed in Italian by dire.

You promised me

prométtere

several times

spesse volta

you would be diligent,

éssere diligénte

and that you would never

mai

keep bad company;

praticáre cattívo compagnia

I perceive that

accorgérsi

you do not speak always the truth, for

dire sempre verità

I met you to-day

incontráre oggi

with a man

con uómo

whose company

compagnía

I forbade you.

proibíre

A man who

uno

does not delight in

amáre

speaking always the truth,

dire sempre verità

is unworthy of

indégno

enjoying the society of

godére società

honest people.

onésto gente.

When in English a period begins by these words, I wish, I would, we express them thus in Italian, vorréi potér, with the following Verb in the Infinitive Mood.

I wish I could

potére

serve you,

servire

I would do it

fare

with all my heart.

tutto cuóre.

I wish I could

see

vedére

your sister,

sorélla

I would give her

dare

something

qualche cosa

that was sent to me

éssere mandáto

for her.

I wish I could

speak Italian

parláre Italiáno

as well as you do,

it would be

éssere

a great satisfaction

grande soddisfazióne

to me.

I wish I could

do

fare

what you desire of me,

desideráre

I would not refuse it you.

ricusáre.

I wish I could

be reconciled with

éssere riconciliáto

your brother,

fratéllo

for

perchè

he is

an honest man.

galantuómo.

I wish I could

go into the country

andáre campágna

with you,

I would not return soon

ritornáre presto

to town,

città

for I would visit

andar a visitáre

all my friends

tutto amíco

who are there.

I wish I could

follow

seguíre

your example,

esémpio

I would live

better than I do.

meglio.

Ought and must are to be rendered in Italian by the Present of the Indicative of the Verb dovere, and are not Impersonal.

At church

chiésa

people

gente

ought to sit still,

dovére stare quieto

and not to talk.

parláre.

At saying lessons,

ripétere lezióne

none ought to speak

dovére parláre

but he who is

destináto

appointed by

the master,

maéstro

whose leave

permésso

ought to be asked,

dovére domandáre

before

prima

the scholars betake themselves

scoláre darsi

to play.

giuóco.

The boy

ragázzo

who is chastised

castigáto

on account of

a cagióne

his slothfulness,

infingardággine

has no cause to accues

avére motivo accusáre

his master

maéstro

of severity;

severità

he ought to blame himself,

dovére biasimársi

and resolve

risólvere

to shake off idleness

scuotersi dalla sua pigrízia

for the future.

all’avveníre.

The soldier

soldáto

must fight valiantly,

dovére battérsi valorosaménte

that has a mind

avére ánima

enflamed with a desire

accéso desidério

to conquer the enemy;

víncere nemíco

his arm

braccio

must procure him

dovére procuráre

the honour which

onóre

his heart wishes for;

cuóre desideráre

but sometimes

ma qualche volta

secret stratagems

segréto stratagémma

and subtle policy

astúto política

defeat

sconfíggere

the most valiant warriors.

valoróso guerriéro.

Children

figlio

must be obedient

dovére obbedíre

to their parents;

genitóre

those that grieve them,

affliggere

purchase to themselves

attirarsi

a curse;

maledizióne

they provoke God

Iddío

to deny them

ricusáre

that length of life

lunghézza vita

which he has promised

avére promésso

to the dutiful.

obbediénte.

To be like, when followed by a Noun, is to be rendered in Italian by rassomigliáre, and will have a Dative Case.

Children

figliuólo

are not always like

rassomigliáre sempre

their parents;

genitori

they are sometimes

éssere qualche volta

quite different

differénte

from them.

My brother

fratéllo

is not like my father,

rassomigliáre padre

who is of a mild disposition,

benigno índole

and rich in

ricco

the endowments

dote

that adorn the mind,

ornáre ánimo

though poor in estate.

benchè póvero stato.

Every man

ognúno

loves those

amáre

who like him,

amáre

and hates those

odiáre

who are hurtful to him:

nuocévole

nature teaches us

natúra insegnáre

to love our friends,

amáre amíco

but religion teaches us

ma religióne insegnáre

to love our enemies.

amáre nemíco.

To be so kind, must be rendered in Italian by avére la bontà, and the following Verb is put in the Infinitive Mood, with the Preposition di.

I intreat you

supplicáre

to be so kind as

avére la bontà

to tell me

dire

how you call that

come chiamáre

in Italian.

Italiáno.

If you will

se ella volére

be so kind as

avér la bontà

to grant me

accordáre

that favour,

favóre

there is nothing but I will do

niénte fare

to acknowledge it.

per mostrartene la mia riconoscenza.

If your brother

fratéllo

will be so kind as

to lend me a horse

prestáre cavállo

for two or three days,

due tre giórno

he would oblige me

obbligáre

infinitely.

infinitaménte.

I was this morning

éssere mattína

with your friend

con amíco

Mr. ——

and he was so kind as

avére

to offer me

esibíre

his purse.

borsa.

I hope

speráre

you will be so kind as

avére

to recommend me to

raccomandáre

your friends.

amíco.

Be so kind as

avére

to tell me when

dire quando

your sister will return

sorélla ritornáre

from the country,

campágna

for I make no doubt but

dubitáre

she will bring me

portáre

news from my uncle.

nuóva zio.

The English phrase, there is nothing but, ought to be rendered in Italian by non v’è niénte che non, and it requires the following Verb to be in the Subjunctive Mood.

There is nothing but

non v’è niénte

I would do to deserve

fare meritáre

the honour of

onóre

your friendship.

amicízia.

There is nothing but

non v’è niénte

what I would undertake

che non intrapréndere

to oblige my friends.

obbligáre amíco.

There is nothing but

non v’è niénte

what I would suffer

soffríre

willingly,

volontiéri

if I were

éssere

so unfortunate as

sfortunáto

to have disobliged you.

avére dispiacére.

There is nothing but

non v’è niénte

what an honest man

galantuomo

ought to do,

dovére

to deserve

meritáre

every body’s esteem.

tutto stima.

There is nothing but

niénte

what a good prince

buóno príncipe

ought to do,

dovére fare

to make

réndere

his subjects happy.

suddito felíce.

This phrase, to be as good as one’s word, must be rendered in Italian by mantenére la sua paróla.

You often promised me

spesso prométtere

to do me service, but I

réndere servízio

will never believe you;

ma mai crédere

it is a very dishonest thing

éssere disonésto

not to be as good as one’s word;

mantenere la sua paróla

for nobody

perchè nissúno

will credit you

prestare fede

afterwards.

dopo.

You have often promised me

avére sovente prométtere

to amend your manners,

ammendáre costúme

but you are seldom

ma raramente

as good as your word.

mantenére la sua paróla

I confess that

confessáre

I have not been as good as my word,

avére mantenúto la mia paróla

but I promise that,

ma prométtere

for the future,

all’avveníre

I will behave better

comportársi méglio

than I have hitherto done.

fare fin adésso.

So much as, ought to be rendered in Italian by tanto, or quanto.

Your brother

fratéllo

seems to have had

parére avére

a better education

educazióne

than you,

though I am sure

benchè sicúro

your father

padre

did not spend

spéndere

so much

tanto

money upon him

as he did upon you.

If we would love God

amáre Iddío

as much as

quanto

He loves us,

amáre

we should not offend him

offéndere

so often.

così spesso.

If we would love

amáre

our neigbour

prossímo

as much as

quanto

we love ourselves,

there would not be

éssere

so much

tanto

enmity in the world.

nemicízia mondo.

As long as, must be rendered in Italian by finchè, or mentre che.

As or so long as

mentre che

you are not obedient

éssere obbediénte

to your parents,

genitori

God will not bless you.

Iddío benedíre.

As long as

finchè

you are idle,

éssere pigro

you will never learn any thing,

mai imparáre niénte

and you will be ignorant

éssere ignoránte

while you live.

finchè vívere.

As long as

you are rich,

éssere ricco

you will not want

mancáre

friends.

amíco.

As long as

it is in your power

éssere potére

to oblige your friends,

obbligáre amíco

do not refuse

ricusáre

to do them service.

réndere servízio.

I had rather, is expressed in Italian by ameréi méglio, or ameréi piuttósto.

I had rather

amáre meglio

lose some small thing,

pérdere piccólo cosa

than go to law with

andáre legge

a litigious man.

litigióso uómo.

I had rather

amáre piuttósto

die

moríre

than disoblige you.

dispiacére.

I had rather

amáre méglio

live all my life-time with you,

vívere vita tempo

than stay one day

stare giórno

with your brother.

fratéllo.

I had rather

endure a slight injury

soffríre piccóla ingiúria

from a friend,

amíco

than to fight with him,

battérsi

though

benchè

I would sooner

die

moríre

than pass for a coward.

passáre codardo.

When we inquire for some person’s name, we make use of the Verb chiamársi.

Pray, friend,

di grazia amíco

what is your name?

come chiamársi?

My name is

John Baptist.

Giambattísta.

What is

come

your brother’s

name?

fratéllo?

His name is

George Frederic Augustus.

Giórgio Fedérico Augústo.

What was

come

the late king of France’s

defúnto re Fráncia?

name?

He was called

chiamársi

Lewis the Sixteenth.

Luígi décimo sesto.

What was

come

the queen of France’s

regína Fráncia?

name?

Her name was

chiamársi

Mary Antoinette.

Maria Antónina.

What was

come

the late regent’s

defúnto reggénte?

name?

He was called

chiamársi

the duke of Orleans.

duca Orleans.

To entertain, must be rendered by trattáre.

If you will come with me

veníre

into the country,

campágna

I will entertain you

trattáre

very well.

beníssimo.

You see

vedére

I do not entertain you

trattáre

like a stranger,

da forestiére

but I treat you

ma trattáre

like a friend.

da amíco.

I am sure,

éssere sicúro

if we were

lords,

gran signóre

you could not entertain us

trattáre

better.

méglio.

Dipénde da voi, signifies in English, it lies in your power, it has all its tenses; and is Impersonal.

It lies in your power

depéndere

to be a good scholar,

éssere sapiénte

for

perchè

you have as much wit as

avére tanto spírito che

any of your

qualúnque

school-fellows.

condiscépolo.

It is in our power

dipéndere

to be

éssere

for ever happy.

sempre félice.

It is in his power

dipéndere

to do me

réndere

that service.

servízio.

It is in your power

dipéndere

to go abroad;

andár a viaggiáre

for your father

padre

told me

dire

several times

molte volte

he would be very glad

avére caro

to see you

go on your travels.

andáre a viaggiáre.

It lies in their power

dipéndere da

to recommend me

raccomandáre

to their friends.

amíco.

Andáre ad incóntrar uno, signifies to go and meet somebody.

Sir,

Signóre

I come to beg

veníre domandáre

a favour of you,

favóre

which I hope

speráre

you will not refuse me.

ricusáre

I heard

intendere

your uncle will come

zio veníre

to-morrow to town;

dománi città

you will oblige me

obbligáre

infinitely,

moltíssimo

if you will lend me your horse

prestáre cavállo

to go and meet him,

andáre ad incóntrar

and I assure you

assicuráre

that I will take great care

avére grande cura

of it.

Sir, I am very sorry

rincrescere

I cannot oblige you,

non potere servire

for I must

perchè bisógna

go myself to meet

andáre ad incóntrar

my wife,

moglie

who is coming from

veníre

the country;

campágna

but any other time

ma altro volta

it will be

éssere

at your service.

servízio.

We often make use of the Impersonal Verb rincréscere, when we speak of the misfortunes of others, which signifies in English, to be sorry, to be concerned; and then the following word must be in the Genitive Case.

I am sorry for

rincréscere

the misfortune

disgrázia

that has befallen

accadére

you.

We ought

dovére

to be concerned at

rincréscere

our friend’s

amíco

misfortunes.

sciagúre.

I was very much concerned

moltíssimo rincréscere

at your loss.

pérdita.

Mi pare mill’ anni is an Italian expression which signifies to long; we make use of it only in the present of the Indicative, and the following verb must be in the Infinitive with the Preposition di.

I long

to see your father

vedére padre

to tell him

dire

how much you deserve

quanto meritáre

to be praised for

éssere lodáto

your diligence.

diligenza.

I long

to go into the country,

andáre campagna

to settle a dispute

aggiustáre dispúta

that arose

náscere

amongst my farmers.

fra fattóre.

I long

to pay what I owe you,

pagáre dovére

for I do not love

perchè amáre

to be in any body’s debt.

dovére a nessúno.

I long

to know

sapére

the Italian language

Italiáno lingua

perfectly well.

perfettaménte bene.

We often make use of avér gran voglia, for to long, and it requires the following Verb to be in the Infinitive mood.

I long

to go and see

andáre vedére

Mr. George,

Giórgio

to ask him

domandáre

for the money he owes me,

danáro dovére

but I will put it off

ma differíre

till next week,

fíno próssimo settimána

that you may go with me.

potére venire.

I long

to go to Italy,

andáre Italia

for I do not love

piacére

to live in England.

vívere Inghiltérra.

I long

to tell you something,

dire qualche cosa

though I do not know

benchè sapére

how to tell it you,

dire

for fear of

per paúra

disobliging you.

dispiacere.

I long

to learn Italian,

imparáre Italiáno

and for all that

con tutto ciò

I do not know

sapére

what hinders me

impedíre

from beginning.

principiáre.

Degnársi is often used for to be so kind as, and requires the following verb in the Infinitive Mood.

Be so kind as

degnáre

to hear me a moment,

sentíre moménto

and you will see that

vedére

what they told you of me

dire

is a false report.

éssere falso rappórto.

Be so kind as

degnáre

to grant me that favour,

accordáre favóre

and I will not trouble you

incomodáre

any more.

Posso appéna, I can hardly, requires the following verb to be in the Infinitive Mood.

I can hardly

posso appéna

believe

crédere

what you tell me

dire

of Mr. Gregory,

signóre Gregório

for I always took him for

perchè sempre crédere

a very sober honest man.

sobrio onésto uómo.

I could hardly

potere appéna

believe my eyes

crédere ócchio

when I saw you,

quando vedére

for I thought

perchè pensáre

you were in America.

éssere América.

I have got such a cold,

éssere talmente infreddáto

and my head is

testa

so heavy, that

pesánte

I can hardly

potere appéna

read a word.

leggere paróla.

Scarce, or hardly must likewise be expressed by appéna.

Scarce

appéna

were you gone out

éssere uscíto

last night,

jéri sera

when your friend,

che amíco

sir William Henry,

cavaliére Guglielmo Enrico

came to see me,

veníre vedere

and was very sorry

dispiacere

you did not stay

restáre

a little longer.

poco più.

There are

éssere

men in the world

uómo mondo

who are so much

éssere tanto

used to do mischief,

avvézzo fare male

that they are

éssere

hardly

appéna

out of trouble,

uscíto impáccio

but they immediately fall

che súbito cadére

into another.

altro.

Scarce

appéna

have you done

avére fatto

a good action,

buóno azióne

but you seem to repent it;

parére pentírsi

for were it not so,

perchè éssere così

you would not so soon again fall into

così presto ricadére

your former ill courses.

primiéra cattiva vita.

To have much ado, must be rendered in Italian by stentáre, and requires the following verb in the Infinitive with the Preposition a.

I had much ado

stentáre

yesterday

jéri

to persuade

persuadére

your brother

fratéllo

to stay with me;

restáre

he would go and sup with

andáre cenáre

Mr. Horace,

Signór Orázio

who came to town

veníre città

last night.

jeri sera.

I had much ado

stentáre

to make peace with

fare pace

your mother,

madre

she was fully resolved

éssere affátto risolúto

not to forgive you,

perdonáre

therefore

perciò

take care

badáre

for the future

all’avveníre

not to offend her

offéndere

any more.

I had much ado

stentáre

to engage your uncle

impegnáre zio

to pass his word

passáre paróla

for a hundred pounds

cento lira

I owe Mr. Clement.

dovére Cleménte.

To be quiet must be rendered in Italian by, star fermo, saldo, or chetársi.

You will not be quiet

stare fermo

till you have done

finchè avér fatto

some mischief.

male.

Be quiet,

chetársi

or else

altriménte

I will make you

fare

repent it.

pentíre.

You would not be quiet

stare saldo

when I bid you,

quando ordinare

you see now

vedere adésso

what you suffer

soffríre

for it.

Abbassár gli occhj, signifies to look down.

When you speak to

quando parláre

a person of great quality,

persóna alto qualità

you ought not

dovere

to stare at him,

fissáre

but you ought

ma dovére

sometimes

qualche volta

to look down

abbassare gli occhj

to show him

mostráre

the respect you have

rispétto avére

for him.

Upon Interrogations.

[See Gram. p. 70.]

From whence

had America its name?

avére América nome

From Amerigo Vesputio,

Amerigo Vespúzio

a Florentine,

Fiorentíno

in 1497;

though Columbus was

[1]benchè Colómbo éssere

the first discoverer

primo scopritóre

of it in 1492.

How large

grande

is that country?

paése

How is

that empire

impéro

divided?

divíso

What are

the productions

prodótto

of it?

What is there

worthy of notice

degno notízia

in that country?

paése

Are there any

European colonies

Européa colónia

in that part of the world?

parte mondo?

Who subdued

soggiogáre

the greatest part of

grande parte

the world

mondo

in twelve years time?

dódici anno

Alexander,

Alessándro

king of Macedonia.

Re Macedónia.

To whom do

the Canary Islands

Canárie Ísola

belong,

appartenére

how many are there of them,

quante [2]éssere

and how do they lie?

éssere situáto?

[1] See Gram. p. 205, upon the conjunction though.

[2] See Gram. p. 147, upon the conjugation of the verb impersonal there is.

Upon the Irregular Construction of Personal and Possessive Pronouns.

[See Gram. p. 61, and 66.]

Most men

la maggior parte uómo

worship love,

adoráre amóre

to it

they sacrifice

sagrificáre

their finest days,

bello giórno

and from it

they expect

aspettáre

their greatest happiness.

grande felicità.

Glory makes

glória fare

the whole ambition

tutto ambizióne

of heroes;

eróe

they thirst after nothing,

respirare altro

they seek nothing else;

cercáre altro

they apply to it alone,

indirizzársi solo

it is to it alone

solo

they make vows.

fare voto.

Self-love is

amáre próprio

our primum mobile;

primo móbile

it is that which

rules our passions,

regoláre passióne

and to it

are men indebted

éssere uómo debitóre

for most of the services

maggior parte servízio

which

they reciprocally render

reciprocaménte réndere

one another.

Is that

éssere

the tree

albéro

you were speaking of?

parláre

Yes, that is it.

It looks

parére

very fine,

bello

but

ma

its fruit

frutto

is good for nothing.

non vale níente.

This,

on the contrary,

contrário

has no appearance;

avére apparénza

it is

a peach-tree,

pérsico

and the peaches

pésca

are delicious.

éssere delizióso.

When general G.

quando generále G.

saw himself pursued

vedére seguitáto

so close, he,

così da vicíno

reaching the river,

arriváre fiúme

threw himself in it

gettársi

(on horseback),

a cavállo

with a design

intenzióne

to cross it over,

tráversáre

rapid as it was;

[1] rápido éssere

when he came to

quando veníre

the stream,

corrénte

for all he did

tutto fare

to resist it,

resístere

he could not

potére

get the better of it;

superare

he then resolved

allóra risólvere

to go down with it,

seguíre

and let himself

lasciarsi

be carried away;

portáre via

but his horse

ma cavállo

was too tired

éssere troppo stanco

to be able to swim long;

potére nuotáre molto

and as he endeavoured

come sforzársi

to quit the stream,

lasciáre corrénte

the animal,

bestia

which had now

avére

lost all its strength,

pérdere tutto forza

sunk under him;

sommergérsi

he expected it,

aspettársi

therefore

perciò

resigned himself

rassegnársi

to his fate;

destíno

he still swam

ancóra nuotáre

(for a while)

(per un pezzo)

with the stream,

corrénte

but not being able

ma potére

to get out of it,

sortire

he was drowned.

éssere annegato.

The water

acqua

which you have recommended him

avére raccomandáto

to drink

bere

is not fit for him;

essere próprio

I know all its qualities,

conóscere tutto qualità

and will never recommend it

mai raccomandáre

in such a case.

tale caso

Of these two rivers,

questo due fiúme

one has its spring in

avére sorgénte

the Alps,

and the other in

altro

the Pyrenees.

Pirenéi.

I have bought

avére compráre

a new sword,

nuóvo spada

the hilt of it

guárdia

is silver,

éssere d’argénto

but I do not like

ma amáre

its shell;

cóccia

I will not part with

disfársi della

the old one;

vécchio

it has done me much service;

avére reso molto servízio

I have twice

avére due volta

owed my life to it;

dovuto vita

only

solo

I will get it cleaned, and

fare ripulire

get a new hilt to it,

méttere nuóvo guárdia

and it will still

ancóra

be of service to me

servíre

by night.

nottetempo.

Keep from

allontanársi

the wall,

muro

do not lean

appogiársi

upon it.

If you sit

sedére

in that arm-chair

sédia d’appoggio

take care

badáre

you do not hurt yourself,

farsi male

for

perchè

the back and elbows

spalliera bracciuólo

are broken.

éssere rotto.

His house is fine,

casa bello

I like its situation,

amáre situazióne

but the rooms

ma stánza

are not well contrived:

éssere bene regoláto

he has spent a great deal of money

avére fátto gran spesa

upon it;

he has altered the roof,

avére fatto cambiar tetto

and made

fatto

a stately stair-case;

supérbo scala

it costs him much,

costáre molto

but (upon the whole)

ma per altro

he owes his health to it;

dovere salúte

he lives there

vívere

the whole year.

tutto anno

The gardens

giardíno

are very fine;

éssere bello

he has added

aver aggiúnto

groves

boschétto

and water spouts

getto d’acqua

to them;

there are fine meadows

éssere bello prato

all around:

all’intorno

he designs to make

contáre fare

still greater alterations.

maggióre cambiaménto.

[1] See Gram. p. 205, upon the conjunction though.

On the verb to play, with the Particles at, and on.

Do you

never play

mai giuocáre

at cards?

carta

I play

sometimes

qualche volta

at piquet,

picchetto

and at quadrille,

quartíglio

to oblige the company.

obbligáre compagnía.

Let us play for

giuocáre

a crown.

scudo

I never play so high;

fare mai grosso giuóco

I do not like

non piacére

to play for

so much money:

tanto danáro

I do not love

amáre

to play at

games of chance,

giuóco di sorte

as at dice,

come dado

or even at cards;

anche carta

but I like to play

piacére

sometimes

qualche volta

at bowls,

bocce

at billiards,

bigliárdo

at tennis,

pallacórda

or nine pins.

birillo

We play

at chess

scácchi

every night,

ogni sera

my cousin and I.

cugíno

Can you play on

sapére suonáre

any instrument?

qualche struménto?

I can play a little

potére suonáre poco

on the flute.

flauto

I thought

crédere

you could also play

anche suonáre

on the fiddle.

violíno

No: but I know

ma sapere

that you play very well

suonáre

on the bass-viol:

viola d’amore

if you please

piacére

to come to our house,

veníre da noi

we will make a little concert:

fare píccolo concerto

my sister will play

sorélla suonáre

on the piano-forte,

piano-forte

you on your bass,

basso

and I will sing.

cantare.

We use the Verb avére, instead of éssere, in speaking of being hungry, dry, cold, hot, or old.

You eat as if

mangiáre

you were not hungry.

avére fame

Excuse me,

scusáre

I eat

well enough,

assai bene

but I am not very hungry;

avére grande fame

I am more dry than hungry.

avére sete fame

I have been thirsty

avere avúto sete

all day.

tutto giórno.

I am very cold,

avére freddo

and very hungry.

fame

Are you cold?

avére freddo

On the contrary

al contrário

I am very warm,

avére gran caldo

but I am tired.

ma stanco.

My hands

mano

are so cold that

avére freddo

I cannot write.

potére scrivére.

[1]I believe

crédere

your head is always cold,

testa sempre freddo

for

perchè

you seldom pull off

raraménte leváre

your hat.

cappéllo.

How old is

quanto anno avere

your sister?

sorélla

She is not fifteen yet.

avére quíndici anno

I thought

crédere

she was twenty;

avére venti anno

and you, sir,

ed ella

how old are you?

avére?

I was very cold

avére freddo

this morning

mattína

when I came:

quando veníre

but I am very warm now.

ma caldo adésso

You do not look so.

parére

You eat as if

mangiáre

you were not hungry.

avére fame

I am more cold

freddo

than hungry.

fame

I have been thirsty

ho avuto sete

all the day.

giórno.

[1] I believe, &c. Credo che voi abbiate sempre freddo alla testa.

The Impersonal Verb must, is sometimes rendered by dovere, and sometimes by bisognáre.

To make war

fare guerra

plenty of money

molto danáro

must be had.

bisógna avére.

Men must love virtue

si dovére amáre virtù

to be happy.

felíce

One must be mad

bisognáre pazzo

to think that

crédere

men can be happy

uómo potére

without

senza[1]

loving virtue.

amáre virtù.

Men should learn first

dovére imparáre prima

the duties

dovére

belonging to

appartenénte

human nature.

umáno natúra.

A woman must have

donna bisógna avére

a good deal of

circumspection

circospezióne

not to speak

parláre

of herself.

One must not hope

bisognáre speráre

to see men cured

uómo guarírsi

of the ill-habit

cattivo abitúdine

they have

avére

of speaking always

parláre sempre

of themselves,

their adventures,

avventúra

and wealth;

opulénza

for nothing is

niénte

more tiresome.

nojoso

One should impose upon one’s-self

dovére farsi

a law

legge

never to speak of one’s-self

mái parláre

neither one way, nor another.

[2]

We must not

dovére

easily believe

facilménte crédere

those who flatter us:

adulare

neither must we reject entirely

rigettáre

the compliments

compliménto

that are paid to us,

fare

when we think

quando crédere

we deserve them;

meritáre

that mistaken modesty

malintesa modéstia

is hardly less displeasing,

poco meno spiacévole

than a foolish vanity.

sciócco vanità

Much art

arte

and nicety

delicatézza

are requisite

necessário

to season praises well:

condire lode

but there is also

ma anche

a way

modo

of receiving them,

ricévere

when they are merited,

quando meritare

that does not displease

offendere

modesty.

modéstia

Praises are like

lode come

a sort of tribute

spécie tribúto

paid to true merit:

réndere vero mérito

we must

dovére

neither reject them

nè rigettáre

through affectation,

per affettazióne

nor hanker after them

nè ambíre

too eagerly.

con troppa premúra.

[1] Senza governs the infinitive mood.

[2] Neither one way, nor another, i. e. nè in bene, nè in male.

On the negative Particles and Adverbs.

No one knows

nissúno sapére

the sufferings

sofferénza

of lovers,

amánte

unless

se non

he himself has loved.

I have

always loved her

sempre amáto

very much.

molto.

To court

far la corte

with respect

rispétto

and attention,

attenzióne

is the best means

mezzo

of being loved again.

riamáto

I have found

avére trovare

nobody

nessúno

of your opinion.

opinione.

I by no means

in nessún modo

believe

credere

what he says;

dire

nor I neither.

nemméno io.

She always comes

sempre veníre

unseasonably,

fuór di tempo

as well as

come anche

her sister.

sorélla.

He has not yet received

avére ancóra ricevúto

an answer.

rispósta.

Is there any thing

niente

more wonderful,

ammirábile

than the virtue of

virtù

the loadstone?

calamíta?

Did he

ever

mai

mention it?

mentováre?

We have done

avére fatto

nothing

niénte

that ought

dovére

to make you angry.

andar in colera.

I am going there,

andáre

lest he should come.

per timor veníre.

I tell you, that,

dire

if henceforth

se da quì innánzi

I perceive

accorgérsi

that you attempt

tentáre

to play any trick

fare tiro

to hinder me

a impedíre

from marrying my son,

maritáre figlio

I will complain to

lagnarsi

the magistrate,

magistrato

and get you punished

fare punire

severely.—I promise you

severamente prométtere

I will never do it.

mai fare.

She is

indifferent

indifferénte

to me;

and I neither

love,

amáre

nor hate her.

odiáre.

Now that

ora

they are under my care,

éssere sotto cura

they behave

comportársi

very prudently.

prudentémente.

She has

avére

neither relations,

nè parénte

nor friends.

nè amíco.

I will never forgive you,

mai perdonáre

unless

se non

you promise

prométtere

to see her:

vedere

she is so ill that

stare male

she can take nothing,

potére pigliáre

neither can she

nè potére

have any rest.

avére ripóso.

I will not take

pigliáre

any physic

medicína

before

prima

the winter

invérno

is quite out.

affátto passáto.

Why

perchè

does he not boldly tell her

liberaménte dire

his reasons?

ragióne?

He knows not

sapére

where

dove

to meet her

incontráre

now.

adésso.

I ask nothing but

domandáre che

what is just;

giústo

I cannot pay others,

non potére pagáre altro

if I am not paid

pagáre

what is due to me.

éssere dovúto.

On the Conjunctions.

Although

benchè

I have no money,

avére danáro

I cannot resolve

non potére risólvere

to borrow any

prenderne ad imprestito

of my friends.

da amico

Obey,

obbedíre

or else

altrimente

you shall be whipped.

[1]staffiláte.

When

quando

I punish you for

puníre

your faults,

fallo

you think I hate you;

crédere odiáre

whereas it is only

in vece che

because I love you,

perchè amáre

I take that trouble.

préndere incómodo.

Your brother

fratello

came to see me

veníre vedére

yesterday

jéri

as soon as

súbito che

you were gone.

partíre

If he come again,

ritornáre

be so good as

avére bontà

to tell him

dire

that I have waited for him

avére aspettáto

till now.

fin’ora.

Though

benchè

I used my utmost endeavours,

fare tutto i miei sforzi

and neglected nothing

trascuráre niénte

to please him,

piacere

yet

nientediméno

he was constantly scolding me.

continuaménte sgridáre.

That Adriana,

Adriána

whether

che

she is

Pamphilus’s wife,

Pamfílo moglie

or whether

o che

she is but

his mistress,

amorósa

she is

always with him.

sempre con lui.

Either

sia

through reason,

per ragióne

or caprice,

capríccio

she has married him.

sposáre.

Wars

guerra

are not so bloody

sanguinóso

since

dopo

the invention of

invenzióne

gunpowder.

pólvere da schioppo.

Unless

a meno che

a book be

libro

instructive

istruttívo

or entertaining,

piacévole

I do not wish to read it.

Whether

che

she is

writing,

scrívere

or reading,

léggere

she will have

volére avére

her parrot

pappágallo

with her.

Since

dacchè

you have forbidden him,

avére proibíto

he does it no more.

If he should call at my house,

passáre da me

while I am out,

mentre éssere fuóri

my people

gente

would tell him

dire

where

dove

I am.

Whether

sia

he wins,

guadagnáre

or loses,

pérdere

he is

always the same.

sempre l’istesso.

I will not go there,

andáre

unless

a meno

you go

along with me.

meco.

You must not play

dovére giuocáre

before

prima

you can say your lesson.

sapére lezióne.

Why

perchè

do you not learn it

imparáre

then, instead of

dunque in vece

losing your time?

pérdere tempo

He is

so far from being

in vece éssere

forward,

avanzáto

that he knows

sapére

nothing at all.

niénte

Far from

affátto lungi

following my advice,

seguíre consíglio

he does not mind

badáre

what I say

dire

to him.

I will rather consent

piuttósto consentíre

to lose all,

pérdere

than give up my right.

rinunziáre.

Though

se

you were a king,

éssere Re

I would not marry you.

sposáre.

Would to God

volére

I still were

éssere sotto

under his tuition,

condótta

and my father

padre

had never removed me

avére mai ritiráto

from his school.

scuóla.

It avails nothing to

servíre niénte

a girl

ragázza

to be young,

gióvine

without being handsome,

senza bello

nor to be

nè éssere

handsome

without being wise.

senza saggio.

After

dopo

you have done

fare

your exercise,

tema

you must read it over

dovére ripassare

two or three times,

due tre volta

to correct the faults

corréggere erróre

you may have made in it.

potére fare.

Remember what I told you

ricordársi dire

several times,

parrécchie volte

that you will never be able

mai potére

to speak,

parláre

or write Italian,

scrívere Italiáno

unless

a meno

you are master of the rules.

possédere régola.

I will take so much pains

darsi tanto pena

that I hope

speráre

I shall speak it

before it is long;

fra poco

though

benchè

I am convinced

convínto

it is very difficult

diffícile

to learn

imparáre

the Italian tongue

Italiáno lingua

perfectly well.

perfettaménte.

You will not find it

trováre

so hard,

diffícile

if you learn

the rules well.

régola bene.

The narrowness of

picolezza

the mind,

ánimo

ignorance

ignoránza

and presumption

presunzióne

produce

stubbornness;

ostinazióne

because

perchè

obstinate people

ostináto

will believe

crédere

nothing

but what they understand,

che quel compréndere

and they understand

but very few things.

ben poco cosa.

[1] Render, avréte le staffiláte.

On most Prepositions.

I rather choose

amáre meglio

to live

vívere

in the country

campágna

than in town,

città

especially at Florence:

sopra tutto Firénze

therefore

perciò

I intend to set out

fare conto partire

to-morrow

dománi

for my country-house,

casa di campagna

and then

e poi

I will send

mandáre

my eldest son

maggiore figlio

to Sicily

Sicília

for the summer.

state.

Where

dove

will you go

andáre

to-night?

staséra

To the play.

commédia.

When

quando

shall I dance, sir?

balláre

You shall dance

in your turn,

quando vi toccáre

and not before.

prima.

Where do you live, sir?

star di casa

I live in

St. James’s street,

San Giácomo strada

near a fruiterer’s,

vicíno fruttajuólo

opposite a taylor’s.

dirimpétto sartóre

The best way

via

to go to my house,

venir da me

is to pass through

passáre attravérso

the Park,

Parco

since

giacchè

you live in Westminster.

stare in Westminster

I intend

far conto

to travel first

viaggiáre

all over England,

tutto Inghilterra

and France,

Fráncia

and then to Germany,

poi Germánia

and Italy;

Itália

from Italy to

Spain,

Spagna

where I shall embark

dove imbarcársi

to return

ritornáre

to England.

Inghilterra.

I shall go to

andáre

Scotland

Scózia

in six months,

fra sei mesi

or thereabouts.

incírca.

I will call upon

passáre

your partners

socio

within twelve days;

fra dódici giórno

and I will wait upon them

accompagnáre

as far as

infíno

their seat,

villa

which is magnificent;

manífico

were you ever there?

éssere mai

Yes.

si

The walls

paréte

are inlaid with marble;

lamináre marmo

the stair-case

scala

is painted in oil;

dipínto a ólio

all the furniture

tutto tapezzeria

is worked with the needle;

fatto ad ago

in short,

in somma

nothing richer

ricco

can be seen.

potére vedére.

I should be very glad

avére ben caro

to spend a few days

passáre alcuno giórno

at that

wonderful seat.

maraviglióso villa

How far is it?

lontáno?

It is a great way:

molto lontáno di qui

it is about

incírca

a hundred and twenty

miles off.

miglio.

The most uneasy situation

spiacevole situazióne

is between fear and hope.

lo stare fra timóre speránza

Heroes formerly

eróe anticaménte

sacrificed themselves

sacrificársi

for their country

patria

and their mistress;

bella

now-a-days

oggidì

nothing is done

niénte farsi

but for fortune

fortúna

and pleasure.

piacére.

A woman can please

donna potére piacére

without beauty,

senza bellezza

but she can hardly

difficilmente

do it without

sense

sénso

and amiability.

amabilità.

There is no less

meno

eloquence

eloquenza

in the tone of the voice,

tuóno voce

the eyes,

ócchio

and the countenance,

aspétto

than in

the choice of words.

scelta paróla.

Europe,

Európa

in relation to

rispetto

the other parts of the world,

altro parte mondo

lies northward;

éssere situáto settentrióne

it is bounded

confináto

on the east

oriente

by Asia,

Ásia

and the Black Sea,

Nero Mare

which communicates with

comunicáre

the Mediterranean

Mediterranéo

by the Straits of Constantinople;

Stretto Costantinópoli

on the south

mezzogiórno

by Africa,

Áffrica

from which it is separated by

quale separáre

the Mediterranean Sea;

mare

on the west by

occidénte

the Atlantic ocean;

Atlantíco oceáno

and on the north by

settentrióne

the Frozen Sea:

Mar Glaciále

its extent

estensione

taken

prendere

from Cape St. Vincent

Capo San Vincénzio

to the frontiers of Asia,

frontiera Ásia

is about

incírca

3,600 English miles: and

Inglése miglio

from Cape North

Capo Norte

to Greece

Grécia

is about 2,200 miles.

France has

Fráncia

Spain

Spagna

towards the south,

verso mezzogiórno

from which it is

divided by

divíso

the Pyrenean mountains,

Pirenéo

which are of

a surprising height,

stupéndo altézza

and extend

stendérsi

from the ocean

oceano

to the Mediterranean;

Mediterraneo

a tract of

tratto

about

incirca

220 miles.

miglia.

Lately Published,

A KEY TO BOTTARELLI’S EXERCISES, with a few Extracts in Prose and Verse, with English Translations, for the use of Beginners, by P. R. Rota; a new edition, revised and corrected. 12mo. 2s. 6d. bound.

THE COMPLETE ITALIAN MASTER; containing the best and easiest Rules for attaining that Language, by Signor Veneroni; with a short Introduction to Italian Versification—Extracts from the Italian Poets; and the Italian words properly accented to facilitate the Pronunciation to Learners. A new edition, carefully corrected, and very considerably improved, 12mo. 6s. bound.

THE NEW ITALIAN, ENGLISH, and FRENCH POCKET DICTIONARY, carefully compiled from the Dictionaries of La Crusca, Dr. S. Johnson, the French Academy, and others of the best authority; having the Parts of Speech properly distinguished, and each Word accented according to its true Pronunciation. A new Edition, very greatly augmented, and much improved, by a union of the respective Works of F. Bottarelli and G. Polidori, in three volumes, square duodecimo, price 1l. 1s. boards.

N. B. As this work is much used, as well by Travellers, as Students, a short abstract of the relative value of Italian, French and English Money has been prefixed.

AN ABRIDGEMENT OF THE ROMAN HISTORY.

CHAP. I.

Of the Origin of the ROMANS.

(Year of the World, 2800—Before Christ, 1184.)

All [1]nations [2]seem [3]willing to [4]derive [5]merit from the [6]splendor of their [7]origin, and [8]where [9]history [10]is silent, they [11]generally [12]supply the [13]defect with [14]fable. The [15]Romans were [16]particularly [17]desirous of being [18]thought [19]descended from the [20]Gods, [21]as if they would [22]hide the [23]meanness of their [24]real [25]ancestry. [26]Æneas, the [27]son of [28]Venus and [29]Anchises, having [30]escaped from the [31]destruction of [32]Troy, [33]after [34]many [35]adventures and [36]dangers [37]arrived in [38]Italy, [39]where he was [40]kindly [41]received by [42]Latinus, [43]king of the [44]Latins, who [45]gave him his [46]daughter [47]Lavinia in [48]marriage. Italy was [49]then [50]as it is [51]now, [52]divided into a [53]number of [54]small [55]states, [56]independent of [57]each other, and, [58]consequently, [59]subject to [60]frequent [61]contentions [62]among themselves. [63]Turnus, [64]king of the [65]Rutuli, was the [66]first who [67]opposed Æneas, he having [68]long [69]made pretensions to Lavinia himself. A [70]war [71]ensued, in which the [72]Trojan [73]hero was [74]victorious, and [75]Turnus [76]slain. In [77]consequence of this, Æneas [78]built a [79]city, which was [80]called [81]Lavinium, in [82]honour of his [83]wife; and [84]some time after [85]engaging in another [86]war [87]against [88]Mezentius, one of the [89]petty kings of the [90]country, he was [91]conquered in his [92]turn, and [93]died in [94]battle, after a [95]reign of four [96]years.

[97]Ascanius, his [98]son, [99]succeeded to the [100]kingdom, and to him, Silvius, a [101]second son, [102]whom he had by Lavinia. It would be [103]tedious to [104]recite a [105]dry [106]catalogue of the kings that [107]followed, and of whom we [108]know [109]little more than their [110]names; it will be [111]sufficient to [112]say, that the [113]succession [114]continued for [115]near [116]four [117]hundred [118]years in the [119]family, and that [120]Numitor was the [121]last king of Alba.

FOOTNOTES

[1] nazióne

[2] parére

[3] desideróso

[4] trarre

[5] mérito

[6] splendóre

[7] origine

[8] dove

[9] istória

[10] tacére

[11] generalménte

[12] sovveníre al

[13] difétto

[14] favóla

[15] Románo

[16] particolarménte

[17] ambíre

[18] credúto

[19] discéso

[20] dio pl. dei

[21] come se

[22] nascóndere

[23] bassézza

[24] vero

[25] antenáti

[26] Enéa

[27] figlio

[28] Vénere

[29] Anchíse

[30] scampáre

[31] distruzióne

[32] Troja

[33] dopo

[34] molto

[35] avventúra

[36] perícolo

[37] arriváre

[38] Itália

[39] dove

[40] corteseménte

[41] ricevúto

[42] Latíno

[43] re

[44] Latíno

[45] dare

[46] figliuóla

[47] Lavínia

[48] matrimónio

[49] allóra

[50] come

[51] ora

[52] diviso

[53] número

[54] píccolo

[55] stato

[56] independénte

[57] l’uno dall’altro

[58] conseguentemente

[59] soggétto

[60] frequénte

[61] contésa

[62] fra

[63] Turno

[64] re

[65] Rútuli

[66] primo

[67] oppórsi

[68] molto tempo

[69] esséndo che pretendeva egli pure a

[70] guerra

[71] náscere

[72] Trojáno

[73] eróe

[74] vittorióso

[75] Turno

[76] uccíso

[77] conseguénza

[78] edíficáre

[79] città

[80] chiamáto

[81] Lavínio

[82] onóre

[83] moglie

[84] qualche tempo dopo

[85] attaccáre

[86] guerra

[87] contro

[88] Mésenzio

[89] régolo

[90] paése

[91] vinto

[92] volta

[93] moríre

[94] battáglia

[95] regno

[96] anno

[97] Ascanio

[98] figlio

[99] succédere

[100] regno

[101] secondo genito

[102] nátogli da

[103] nojóso

[104] recitáre

[105] insípido

[106] catálogo

[107] seguíre

[108] sapére

[109] poco

[110] nome

[111] bastáre

[112] dire

[113] successióne

[114] continuáre

[115] vicíno

[116] quattro

[117] cento

[118] anno

[119] famíglia

[120] Numitóre

[121] último

CHAP. II.

(Of the World, 3301—Before Christ, 753.)

The [1]twelfth [2]king of the [3]Latins after [4]Æneas, was [5]Amulius, who [6]circumvented his [7]brother [8]Numitor, to whom the [9]right of [10]succession [11]appertained, upon the [12]account of his [13]age. Numitor had an [14]only [15]daughter [16]called Sylvia, and [17]Romulus and [18]Remus, [19]twin brothers, and founders of Rome, were, as it is said in fable and history, the [20]sons of [21]Mars and Sylvia. The children being [22]exposed by the [23]king’s [24]order, were [25]privately [26]educated by one [27]Faustulus, a [28]shepherd. When they were [29]grown up, they [30]slew Amulius, [31]restored their [32]grandfather, to his [33]kingdom, and [34]built [35]Rome 753 years before [36]Christ was [37]born.

Romulus, having [38]put his [39]rival brother to [40]death, [41]was [42]proclaimed king by his [43]followers; and having [44]settled the [45]state [46]affairs, and [47]being in want of females, he [48]seized upon all the [49]young women that [50]came to [51]see the [52]public [53]games at Rome; upon which a [54]terrible and long [55]war with the [56]Sabines [57]ensued.

The [58]Cæninenses, [59]Antemnates, and [60]Crustumini were [61]conquered; and [62]at last the [63]Sabines, under the [64]conduct of [65]Tatius, [66]bearing hard upon the Romans, by the [67]interposition of the [68]Sabine women who had been [69]detained at Rome, it was [70]agreed upon [71]betwixt both [72]parties, [73]that they should [74]jointly [75]inhabit Rome, and Romulus and Tatius should [76]reign [77]together. Tatius being [78]slain six [79]years after, Romulus reigned [80]alone, and [81]completed the [82]term of 38 years, having conquered the [83]neighbouring cities. At last, [84]a great [85]tempest [86]arising as he [87]held an [88]assembly at the [89]lake of Caprea, [90]he was no where to be found, being [91]torn in pieces by the [92]senators (as it was [93]generally [94]thought) to whom he was [95]now [96]grown [97]odious on [98]account of his [99]cruelty. He [100]first [101]divided the city into [102]thirty [103]curiæ, and [104]three [105]tribes. The [106]poor he [107]put [108]under the [109]protection of the [110]great, whom he [111]named [112]patricii. He [113]triumphed [114]three times [115]over his [116]vanquished [117]enemies; [118]first, over the Cæninenses, and Antemnates, in which [119]war having [120]killed their [121]king [122]Acron [123]with his own hand, he [124]consecrated his first [125]spoils to [126]Jupiter Feretrius; [127]secondly, over the [128]Camerini; [129]thirdly, over the [130]Fidenates, and [131]Veientes.

[132]After an [133]interregnum of a [134]year’s continuance, [135]Numa Pompilius, a Sabine, [136]born at [137]Cures, was [138]chosen king by the Romans, 714 years before [139]Christ was [140]born; [141]who [142]applying himself to the [143]preservation of the public [144]quiet, [145]instituted all the [146]religious [147]rites of the Romans. He [148]made an [149]addition of two [150]months to the year, which [151]till that time had [152]consisted of [153]ten, and [154]reigned forty-three years.

[155]The third king of the Romans was [156]Tullus Hostilius, a [157]man of a [158]restless temper, and [159]fit for nothing but war. He [160]conquered the Albans, and [161]destroyed their city, after he had first [162]removed the [163]inhabitants, and all their [164]substance to Rome; and [165]torn to pieces, [166]tied [167]betwixt two [168]chariots, [169]Metius Fusetius, [170]dictator of the [171]Albans, [172]convicted of [173]treachery. He [174]triumphed [175]three times over the Albans, the [176]Fidenates, and the Sabines. He [177]reigned [178]thirty-two years, and [179]perished with his [180]wife, and [181]whole family, by [182]a thunderbolt [183]from heaven.

The [184]fourth king that reigned at Rome was [185]Ancus Martius, [186]grandson to Numa Pompilius, by whom the [187]Latins were [188]subdued, and most of them [189]taken into the city, and [190]settled in the [191]Aventine mount; [192]the Janiculum was [193]fortified by him, a [194]bridge made over the [195]Tiber, and Ostia [196]built. He reigned 24 years.

The [197]fifth king of Rome was [198]Tarquinius Priscus, the [199]son of [200]Demaratus, a [201]Corinthian. He [202]came to Rome from [203]Tarquinii, a [204]town of Etruria, [205]from whence he was [206]called [207]Lucius Tarquinius. After he [208]came to the [209]government, he [210]augmented the [211]senate, [212]subdued the [213]twelve [214]nations of Etruria, and [215]borrowed from them the [216]ensigns of [217]supreme [218]power, the [219]fasces; the [220]trabea; the [221]curule chair; the [222]prætexta; and other [223]things of that [224]kind. He was slain by the sons of [225]Ancus, after he had reigned 38 years.

His [226]son-in-law Servius Tullius, the [227]sixth in [228]order, [229]began his [230]reign in the year 577 before Christ. He was for his [231]rare [232]endowments [233]preferred before those of the royal [234]blood. He first [235]instituted the [236]census, and [237]ordered it to be [238]kept [239]every five years; [240]divided the [241]people into [242]classes, and [243]centuries, and [244]enlarged the city: and after he had [245]governed the [246]kingdom with great [247]applause 44 years, he was [248]murdered through the [249]horrid [250]wickedness of his own [251]daughter, and Tarquin his [252]son-in-law.

The [253]seventh and [254]last king that reigned at Rome was Tarquin, [255]surnamed [256]the Proud, whom [257]most of the [258]old Roman [259]authors [260]affirm to be the son of [261]Priscus; [262]but [263]Dionysius [264]will have him to be his grandson. He [265]governed the [266]kingdom he had [267]procured by his [268]wickedness [269]no better than he got it, being [270]cruel to the [271]senators, and his [272]other [273]subjects. He [274]conquered the [275]Volsci, the Sabines, and Gabii; and having [276]built the [277]Capitol with the [278]spoils of the cities he had [279]taken, he was [280]at last [281]turned out of the city, and of his kingdom, for a [282]violence [283]committed by his [284]son upon [285]Lucretia.

FOOTNOTES

[1] duodécimo

[2] re

[3] Latíno

[4] Enéa

[5] Amúlio

[6] ingannáre

[7] fratéllo

[8] Numitóre

[9] drítto

[10] successióne

[11] appartenére

[12] cagióne

[13] età

[14] único

[15] figlia

[16] chiamáre

[17] Rómolo

[18] Remo

[19] geméllo

[20] figlio

[21] Marte

[22] espórre

[23] re

[24] órdine

[25] segretaménte

[26] educáre

[27] Faústulo

[28] pastóre

[29] créscere

[30] uccídere

[31] restituíre

[32] avo

[33] regno

[34] edificáre

[35] Roma

[36] Cristo

[37] náscere

[38] méttere

[39] émolo

[40] morte

[41] éssere

[42] proclamáre

[43] seguáce

[44] regoláre

[45] stato

[46] affáre

[47] avéndo bisógno

[48] pigliáre per forza

[49] gióvane

[50] veníre

[51] vedére

[52] púbblico

[53] giuóco

[54] terríbile

[55] guerra

[56] Sabíni

[57] seguíre

[58] Ceninénsi

[59] Antemnáti

[60] Crustumíni

[61] conquistáre

[62] alla fine

[63] Sabíni

[64] comándo

[65] Tázio

[66] malmenando i Románi fieramente

[67] interposizióne

[68] donne Sabíne

[69] ritenére

[70] conveníre

[71] fra

[72] partíto

[73] che

[74] unitaménte

[75] abitáre

[76] regnáre

[77] insiéme

[78] uccídere

[79] anno

[80] solo

[81] compíre

[82] términe

[83] vicíno

[84] grande

[85] borrásca

[86] soppravenire

[87] tenére

[88] assembléa

[89] lago

[90] non si potétte trováre in nissun luógo

[91] messo a brani

[92] senatóre

[93] generalménte

[94] crédere

[95] ormai

[96] diveníre

[97] odióso

[98] cagióne

[99] crudeltà

[100] da princípio

[101] divídere

[102] trenta

[103] cúrie

[104] tre

[105] tribù

[106] i póveri

[107] méttere

[108] sotto

[109] protezióne

[110] grande

[111] chiamáre

[112] patrízio

[113] trionfáre

[114] tre volte

[115] dei

[116] vinto

[117] nemíco

[118] prima

[119] guerra

[120] uccídere

[121] re

[122] Acróne

[123] di propria mano

[124] consacráre

[125] spóglia

[126] Gióve Ferétrio

[127] secóndo

[128] Cameríni

[129] terzo

[130] Fidenáti

[131] Vejénti

[132] dopo

[133] interrégno

[134] anno

[135] Numa Pompílio

[136] nato

[137] Cure

[138] scelto

[139] Cristo

[140] nascesse

[141] il quale

[142] applicársi

[143] preservazióne

[144] pace

[145] istituíre

[146] religióso

[147] rito

[148] fare

[149] addizióne

[150] mese

[151] fin allóra

[152] consístere

[153] diéci

[154] regnáre

[155] il terzo

[156] Túllio Ostílio

[157] uómo

[158] inquiéto natúra

[159] proprio

[160] conquistáre

[161] distrúggere

[162] trasportáre

[163] abitánte

[164] sostánza

[165] fatto in pezzi

[166] attaccáre

[167] fra

[168] carro

[169] Mezio Fusézio

[170] dittatóre

[171] Albani

[172] convínto

[173] tradiménto

[174] trionfáre

[175] tre volte

[176] Fidénáti

[177] regnáre

[178] trentadue anni

[179] períre

[180] moglie

[181] tutta la sua famíglia

[182] per un fúlmine

[183] caduto dal cielo

[184] quarto

[185] Anco Márzio

[186] nipote

[187] Latíni

[188] soggiogáto

[189] posto

[190] stabilírsi

[191] monte Aventíno

[192] il Gianícolo

[193] fortificáto

[194] ponte

[195] Tevére

[196] edificáto

[197] quinto

[198] Tarquínio Prisco

[199] figlio

[200] Demaráto

[201] Corintéo

[202] veníre

[203] Tarquínio

[204] cíttà

[205] dal quale

[206] chiamáto

[207] Lúcio Tarquínio

[208] perveníre

[209] govérno

[210] aumentáre

[211] senáto

[212] soggiogáre

[213] dódici

[214] nazióne

[215] imprestáre

[216] insegnáre

[217] suprémo

[218] autorità

[219] fasce

[220] trabéa

[221] sédia curúle

[222] pretésta

[223] cosa

[224] sorta

[225] Anco

[226] genero Sérvio Túllio

[227] sesto

[228] órdine

[229] principiáre

[230] regno

[231] raro

[232] qualità

[233] preferíto

[234] sangue reale

[235] istituíre

[236] censo

[237] comando che fosse

[238] rifatto

[239] una volta ogni cinque anni

[240] divídere

[241] pópolo

[242] classe

[243] centúria

[244] estendere

[245] governáre

[246] regno

[247] appláuso

[248] assassináto

[249] orríbile

[250] scelleratézza

[251] figlia

[252] genero

[253] séttimo

[254] último

[255] cognomináto

[256] il supérbo

[257] la maggior parte

[258] antíco

[259] autóre

[260] affermáre

[261] Prísco

[262] ma

[263] Dionísio

[264] vuól che sia suo nipotíno

[265] governáre

[266] regno

[267] procuráre

[268] malvagità

[269] in un modo non migliore di quello con cui l’aveva ottenuto

[270] crudele

[271] senatóre

[272] altro

[273] suddito

[274] debelláre

[275] Volsci

[276] edificáre

[277] Campidóglio

[278] spóglie

[279] préndere

[280] alla fine

[281] scacciáre

[282] violenza

[283] commésso

[284] fíglio

[285] Lucrézia

CHAP. III

(Of the World, 3545—Of Rome, 245.)

[1]King Tarquin, with his [2]family, being [3]banished, [4]L. Junius Brutus, and [5]L. Tarquinius Collatinus were [6]made [7]consuls. [8]The former was so [9]severe, that he [10]scourged and [11]beheaded his own sons for [12]favouring [13]the banished kings, being a [14]greater [15]friend to the [16]public [17]liberty than to his own family. A [18]field of the Tarquins, which [19]lay [20]between the city and [21]the Tiber, was [22]consecrated to [23]Mars, and [24]from thence [25]called [26]Campus Martius. [27]Brutus [28]died in the [29]war [30]against the Tarquins, who [31]prevailed upon some of the [32]neighbouring [33]nations to [34]assist them; [35]amongst the [36]rest, Porsena, king of Etruria, [37]made war upon the Romans, in [38]favour of the Tarquins: in which war the [39]bravery of [40]Horatius Coccles was very [41]remarkable, who [42]maintained the [43]fight [44]against the [45]victorious [46]enemy [47]till the [48]bridge on the Tiber was [49]cut down, [50]when he [51]swam and crossed the [52]river. Nor [53]must we [54]pass over in silence the [55]noble [56]attempt of [57]Mutius Scævola, who [58]secretly [59]entered the [60]enemy’s [61]camp with a [62]resolution to [63]kill the king; [64]but having by [65]mistake [66]slain one of his nobles, he [67]thrust his [68]hand into the [69]fire that was upon the [70]altar; which so [71]terrified the king, that he [72]made [73]peace with the Romans, and [74]returned [75]home. [76]After this, the [77]Latins made [78]war upon the Romans, [79]under the [80]conduct of [81]Octavius Mamilius, Tarquin’s [82]son-in-law; [83]against whom [84]Posthumius being made [85]dictator, [86]vanquished them in a [87]memorable [88]battle at the [89]lake Regillus.

[90]Afterwards a war was [91]proclaimed [92]against the [93]Volsci, who had [94]raised some [95]troops, to [96]send to the [97]assistance of the [98]Latins in the [99]former war. The [100]fortune of [101]Caius Marcius Coriolanus was [102]remarkable in that war, who being [103]condemned in his [104]absence, [105]retired amongst the Volsci, and [106]advised them to [107]renew the war; for the [108]management of which, being [109]chosen [110]general with [111]Tullius Accius, after he had [112]routed the Romans in [113]several [114]engagements, and [115]advanced up [116]to the very walls of the city, he was [117]moved by the [118]prayers of his [119]mother, and he [120]raised the [121]siege. After the [122]death of [123]Coriolanus, the Volsci [124]continued the war, and [125]were [126]together with the [127]Æqui, [128]and Hernici, [129]soundly [130]beaten by [131]Spurius Cassius, who had been [132]thrice [133]consul. [134]He being elevated by his [135]success, [136]aspired to the [137]throne, [138]but was [139]prevented in his [140]design, and [141]thrown headlong from the [142]Tarpeian rock.

In the year 261 from the [143]building of the city, the [144]common people being very [145]much in [146]debt, and [147]provoked by the [148]cruelty of their [149]creditors, [150]retired [151]beyond the [152]Anien into the [153]sacred mount, but were [154]reconciled by the [155]pacific [156]persuasions of [157]Menenius Agrippa; having [158]first [159]obtained from the [160]fathers, that [161]officers should be [162]appointed to [163]screen them from the [164]violence of the [165]patricii, who were [166] called [167]tribunes of the [168]people.

After this, the Romans had a war with the [169]Veientes, which the [170]family of the [171]Fabii [172]undertook to [173]carry on by themselves; and having [174]pitched their camp by the [175]river [176]Cremera, were [177]trepanned by the [178]enemy, and [179]cut off in one [180]day, to the [181]number of 306.

The war with the [182]Volsci [183]continued. They were [184]often [185]vanquished, [186]especially by T. [187]Quintius Cincinnatus, who took [188]Antium, the [189]metropolis of their [190]nation. Cincinnatus being [191]afterwards [192]taken from the [193]plough, and [194]made [195]dictator [196]against the [197]Æqui, he [198]delivered the [199]consul [200]Minucius, who was [201]besieged by them, and [202]obliged the [203]enemy to [204]pass under the [205]yoke.

In the year 303, [206]after the [207]foundation of the city, and 451 years [208]before [209]Christ, the [210]form of the [211]government was [212]changed. [213]For [214]instead of [215]consuls, the [216]decemviri were [217]set up, with [218]supreme [219]power to [220]make [221]laws for the Roman [222]people, [223]from those which their ambassadors had the year before [224]brought from [225]Greece. But [226]abusing their [227]power, they were [228]obliged to [229]lay down their [230]authority; and the [231]consuls and [232]tribunes were [233]restored.

In the 315th year of the city, Sp. Melius, in the [234]time of a [235]famine, [236]endeavouring to [237]make his way to a [238]throne, by [239]sharing [240]corn [241]amongst the [242]people, was [243]slain by [244]order of [245]Quintius Cincinnatus the [246]dictator, by [247]C. Servilius Ahala [248]master of the horse. In the [249]following year the [250]Fidenates [251]revolted to [252]Lars Tolumnius, king of the [253]Veientes, and [254]put the Roman ambassadors to [255]death, who had their [256]statues [257]erected in the [258]forum. The [259]Veientes [260]in the next year were [261]subdued by [262]Mamercus Æmilius, [263]dictator. [264]Tolumnius was [265]slain by [266]Cornelius Cossus, who was the [267]second from [268]Romulus that [269]dedicated the [270]spoils [271]called [272]Opima to Jupiter [273]Feretrius.

[274]Censors were [275]set up at Rome in the 311th year of the city, who [276]held their [277]office [278]at first for [279]five [280]years, [281]but were [282]afterwards, in the year 320, [283]reduced by [284]Mamercus Æmilius, [285]dictator, to a year and a [286]half. In the year 323, the [287]dictator [288]A. Posthumius was very [289]successful [290]against the [291]Æqui and the [292]Volsci; but [293]stained the [294]victory with the [295]blood of his own [296]son, whom he [297]beheaded for having [298]fought [299]contrary to his [300]orders.

In the year of the city 358, the [301]town of [302]Veii was [303]taken by [304]Camillus, dictator, [305]after a [306]siege of [307]ten years. He [308]likewise [309]reduced the [310]Falisci, [311]not so much by his [312]arms, as the [313]opinion they had of his [314]justice.

But after these [315]great [316]successes, the Romans were [317]nearly [318]ruined by the [319]Galli Senones, who having [320]laid [321]siege to [322]Clusium in Etruria, the Romans [323]sent three of the [324]Fabian family ambassadors to them. These, [325]contrary to the [326]law of [327]nations, [328]marched out into the [329]field with the [330]Clusini against the [331]Gauls, which proceeding so [332]incensed the latter, that [333]leaving [334]Clusium, they marched to Rome. The Romans were [335]routed, and [336]put to [337]flight in the very [338]first [339]attack at Allia. After which the city was [340]taken and [341]burnt; the [342]Capitol, [343]whither the [344]flower of the Roman [345]youth [346]retreated, was [347]besieged, and had it not been for Manlius, who was afterwards surnamed [348]Capitolinus, would have been [349]taken by the [350]barbarians in the [351]night time; but he, being [352]awakened by the [353]cackling of [354]geese, and [355]others [356]with him, [357]pushed the [358]Gauls [359]as they [360]came up, [361]headlong down the precipice. [362]In the mean time [363]Camillus, who was [364]then in [365]exile at Ardea, being [366]recalled and [367]made [368]dictator, [369]raised an [370]army, [371]came to Rome, [372]drove them out, and at [373]about [374]eight [375]miles [376]distance from the city [377]utterly [378]destroyed their [379]whole [380]army.

FOOTNOTES

[1] Il re Tarquínio

[2] famíglia

[3] bandíto

[4] L. Giúnio Bruto

[5] L. Tarquínio Collatíno

[6] fatto

[7] consóle

[8] il primo

[9] sevéro

[10] flagelláre

[11] decapitáre

[12] favoríre

[13] i re bandíti

[14] grande

[15] amíco

[16] púbblico

[17] libertà

[18] campo

[19] situato

[20] fra

[21] Tévere

[22] consacráto

[23] Marte

[24] indi

[25] chiamáto

[26] Campo Marzio

[27] Bruto

[28] moríre

[29] guerra

[30] contro

[31] riuscirono a persuadére

[32] vicíno

[33] nazióne

[34] assístere

[35] fra

[36] gli altri

[37] fare

[38] favóre

[39] bravúra

[40] Orázio Coclide

[41] rimarchevole

[42] mantenére

[43] conflítto

[44] contro

[45] vittorióso

[46] nemico

[47] infinchè

[48] ponte

[49] tagliáto

[50] allóra

[51] nuotáre e traversáre

[52] fiúme

[53] dovére

[54] passáre in silenzio

[55] nóbile

[56] intraprèsa

[57] Muzio Scévola

[58] segretaménte

[59] entráre

[60] nemíco

[61] campo

[62] risoluzióne

[63] uccídere

[64] ma

[65] isbáglio

[66] ammazzáre

[67] méttere

[68] mano

[69] fuóco

[70] altáre

[71] spaventáre

[72] fare

[73] pace

[74] ritornáre

[75] casa

[76] dopo

[77] Latíno

[78] guerra

[79] sotto

[80] condótta

[81] Ottávio Mamílio

[82] genero

[83] contro

[84] Postúmio

[85] dittatóre

[86] víncere

[87] memorábile

[88] battáglia

[89] Lago Regíllo

[90] dopo

[91] proclamáre

[92] contro

[93] Volsci

[94] leváre

[95] truppe

[96] mandáre

[97] soccórso

[98] Latíno

[99] precedente

[100] fortúna

[101] Caio Marzio Corioláno

[102] segnaláto

[103] condannáto

[104] assénza

[105] ritirársi

[106] consigliáre

[107] ricominciáre

[108] condótta

[109] scelto

[110] generále

[111] Tullio Accio

[112] sconfítto

[113] parécchie

[114] battáglia

[115] avanzáre

[116] infíno alle mura

[117] commósso

[118] preghiéra

[119] madre

[120] leváre

[121] assédio

[122] morte

[123] Corioláno

[124] continuáre

[125] confederatisi

[126] con gli

[127] Equi

[128] Erníci

[129] furono insieme potentemente

[130] battúto

[131] Spúrio Cássio

[132] tre volte

[133] consóle

[134] questi esaltáto

[135] succésso

[136] aspiráre

[137] trono

[138] ma

[139] impedíto

[140] diségno

[141] precipitáto

[142] rupe Tarpéa

[143] fondazióne

[144] plebe

[145] molto

[146] indebitáto

[147] irritáto

[148] crudeltà

[149] creditóre

[150] ritirársi

[151] di là

[152] Aniéno

[153] sacro monte

[154] riconciliáto

[155] pacifico

[156] persuasióne

[157] Menénio Agríppa

[158] prima

[159] ottenúto

[160] padre

[161] ufficiále

[162] costituíto

[163] protéggere

[164] violénza

[165] patrízj

[166] chiamáto

[167] tribúni

[168] popolo

[169] Vejénti

[170] famíglia

[171] Fabj

[172] intrapréndere

[173] maneggiáre

[174] accampáre

[175] fiúme

[176] Cremera

[177] acchiappáre

[178] nemíco

[179] uccíso

[180] giórno

[181] número

[182] Volsci

[183] continuáre

[184] spesso

[185] vinto

[186] specialménte

[187] Quínzio Cincinnáto

[188] Anzio

[189] metrópoli

[190] nazióne

[191] dopo

[192] preso

[193] áratro

[194] fatto

[195] dittatóre

[196] contro

[197] Equi

[198] liberáre

[199] consóle

[200] Minúcio

[201] assediáto

[202] forzáre

[203] nemico

[204] passáre sotto il

[205] giógo

[206] dopo

[207] fondazióne

[208] prima

[209] Cristo

[210] forma

[211] govérno

[212] cambiáto

[213] perchè

[214] invéce di

[215] consóle

[216] decemvíri

[217] creáto

[218] suprémo

[219] autorità

[220] fare

[221] legge

[222] pópolo

[223] sul modello di quello

[224] portáto

[225] Grécia

[226] abusáre

[227] potére

[228] obbligáto

[229] dimettere

[230] autorità

[231] cónsole

[232] tribúno

[233] ristabilíto

[234] tempo

[235] carestía

[236] procuráre

[237] arriváre

[238] trono

[239] distribuíre

[240] grano

[241] fra

[242] popolo

[243] ammazzáto

[244] órdine

[245] Quínzio Cincinnáto

[246] dittatóre

[247] C. Servílio Ahala

[248] maestro della cavalleria

[249] seguénte

[250] Fidenáti

[251] rivoltársi

[252] Larte Tolúnnio

[253] Vejénti

[254] méttere

[255] morte

[256] státua

[257] errétto

[258] fóro

[259] Vejénti

[260] l’anno dopo

[261] soggiogáto

[262] Mamérco Emílio

[263] dittatóre

[264] Tolúnnio

[265] ammazzáto

[266] Cornélio Cosso

[267] secóndo

[268] Romolo

[269] dedicáre

[270] spóglia

[271] chiamáto

[272] Opíme

[273] Gióve Feretrio

[274] censóre

[275] stabilíre

[276] tenére

[277] uffício

[278] al princípio

[279] cinque

[280] anno

[281] ma

[282] dopo

[283] ridótto

[284] Mamérco Emílio

[285] dittatóre

[286] mezzo

[287] dittatóre

[288] A. Postúmio

[289] fortunáto

[290] contro

[291] Equi

[292] Volsci

[293] macchiáre

[294] vittória

[295] sangue

[296] figlio

[297] decapitáre

[298] combáttere

[299] contro

[300] órdine

[301] città

[302] Vej

[303] preso

[304] Camíllo

[305] dopo

[306] assédio

[307] diéci

[308] pariménte

[309] ridúrre

[310] Falísci

[311] non tanto

[312] arme

[313] opinióne

[314] giustízia

[315] grande

[316] riuscita

[317] quasi

[318] rovináto

[319] Galli Sénoni

[320] méttere

[321] assédio

[322] Clusio

[323] mandáre

[324] famíglia de’ Fabj

[325] contro

[326] dirítto

[327] gente

[328] marciáre

[329] campo

[330] Clusíni

[331] Galli

[332] irritáre

[333] lasciáre

[334] Clusio

[335] sconfítto

[336] messo

[337] fuga

[338] primo

[339] attácco

[340] preso

[341] abbruciáto

[342] Campidóglio

[343] dove

[344] fiore

[345] gioventù

[346] ritirársi

[347] assediáto

[348] Capitolíno

[349] preso

[350] bárbaro

[351] notte tempo

[352] svegliáto

[353] il gracchiáre

[354] oca

[355] altro

[356] con

[357] buttáre

[358] Galli

[359] a misura che

[360] presentarsi

[361] a capo in giù nel precipízio

[362] nell’istésso tempo

[363] Camíllo

[364] allóra

[365] esílio

[366] richiamáto

[367] fatto

[368] dittatóre

[369] leváre

[370] armáta

[371] veníre

[372] scacciáre

[373] incírca

[374] otto

[375] míglia

[376] distánza

[377] completamente

[378] distrúggere

[379] tutto

[380] armáta

CHAP. IV.

(Of the World, 3670—Of Rome, 370.)

The city being [1]destroyed by the Gauls, the Romans had [2]thoughts of [3]leaving it, and [4]removing to [5]Veii; but were [6]dissuaded from that [7]design by [8]Camillus; [9]whilst [10]Marcus Manlius (who [11]obtained the [12]surname of [13]Capitolinus for his [14]noble [15]defence of the [16]Capitol) [17]endeavoured by [18]ambition and [19]popular [20]favour [21]to possess himself of the [22]supreme [23]power, he was [24]thrown from the [25]Tarpeian rock, which he had [26]defended, in the year 370.

In the year 377, there was a [27]strong [28]contest [29]between the [30]nobility and the [31]people. [32]C. Licinius Stolo and [33]L. Sextius, [34]tribunes of [35]the people, [36]proposed a [37]law for [38]choosing [39]one of the consuls out [40]of the people. They [41]carried their point at last, in the year 387, and in the [42]following year [43]L. Sextius was elected consul.

[44]After this, the Romans had [45]war with the [46]Tiburtes, the [47]Tarquinenses, and [48]Falisci; and again with the [49]Gauls, who being [50]drawn up [51]in order of [52]battle, one of them [53]sent a [54]challenge to the Romans, and was [55]slain by [56]one M. Valerius, a [57]tribune of the [58]soldiers, by the [59]assistance of a [60]crow, who [61]from thence had the [62]surname of [63]Corvinus.

[64]But of all their [65]wars, none was more [66]troublesome and [67]lasting than that [68]against the [69]Samnites; which the Romans [70]undertook the year of the city 411, at the [71]request of the [72]Campani. It [73]lasted [74]seventy years; [75]though they were [76]several times [77]beaten, as in the year 413, in which the [78]Latins [79]rose up in arms [80]against the Romans, but were the year after [81]conquered by the [82]consuls Torquatus and Decius; the [83]former of whom [84]beheaded his own [85]son for [86]fighting [87]without his [88]order; the [89]other [90]devoted himself to [91]destruction for the [92]army; after which the [93]enemies [94]submitted, but [95]soon after [96]rebelling again, they were [97]at last [98]entirely [99]reduced in the year 416.

[100]About this time the [101]Gauls [102]made a [103]peace with the Romans, which they [104]kept [105]thirty years. But in 450, the [106]Cisalpine, [107]together with the [108]Transalpine [109]Gauls, and the [110]Tuscans, [111]laid waste the [112]Roman [113]territories. The Cisalpine [114]returning [115]home [116]loaded with [117]spoils, [118]fell out together about them. [119]Four years after that, having [120]joined the [121]Samnites and [122]Tuscans, they fell [123]upon the Roman [124]army [125]commanded by [126]L. Scipio, the [127]proprætor, in which [128]battle, [129]P. Decius [130]the consul [131]devoted himself.

[132]Ten years after this, the [133]Galli Senones being [134]invited by the [135]Lucani, [136]Brutii, Samnites, and Tuscans, [137]besieged [138]Aretium, and having [139]vanquished [140]L. Cæcilius the [141]prætor, [142]killed 13,000 Romans; which [143]overthrow the consul Dolobella [144]revenged upon them [145]soon after; for having [146]routed the [147]Gauls, and [148]taken their city of Sena, [149]he sent a [150]colony there. The [151]Boii being [152]moved at the [153]hard [154]fate of the [155]Senones, [156]entered into an [157]alliance with the [158]Tuscans, and [159]engaged the Romans at the [160]lake of [161]Vadimon; in which [162]battle [163]almost [164]all the Tuscans were [165]slain, and very [166]few of the Boii [167]escaped. This [168]happened in the year of the city 471; but in the [169]following year the Boii were [170]entirely [171]reduced, which was [172]about three years [173]before [174]Pyrrhus, [175]came into [176]Italy.

The [177]Palæpolitani [178]likewise, [179]where [180]now [181]Naples is, [182]venturing to make war upon the Romans, were [183]subdued the third year [184]after, [185]that is to say, in the year of the city 428, by [186]Publius the proconsul.

The [187]twelve [188]nations of the Tuscans, [189]rising for the [190]utter ruin [191]of the Roman name in the year of the city 442, were [192]routed in a great [193]battle by Fabius the [194]consul, in the [195]year 444, in which were [196]slain, or [197]taken of the [198]enemy, to the [199]number of 60,000.

In the year 472, the [200]Tarentines, [201]brought the [202]Romans against them [203]by plundering their [204]fleet, and [205]assailing their [206]ambassadors, who [207]came to [208]complain of the [209]injury. They, [210]together with the [211]Samnites, and [212]Salentines, were [213]defeated by L. [214]Æmilius Barbula. [215]Terrified at this [216]ill fortune, they [217]sent for [218]Pyrrhus to their [219]assistance; who, in the year of the city 474, having [220]brought over an [221]army into [222]Italy, [223]waged against the Romans [224]a war which [225]lasted six years. In the [226]first [227]encounter the Romans, [228]headed by [229]Lævinus, being [230]conquered, not so much by the [231]strength of the [232]enemy, as by the [233]strange [234]shape of the [235]elephants, [236]yielded up the [237]day: Pyrrhus [238]dismissed all the [239]prisoners [240]without [241]ransom. [242]Soon after, having [243]made some [244]fruitless [245]overtures of [246]peace by his [247]ambassador [248]Cyneas ([249]for [250]Appius Claudius [251]obstructed it), he [252]engaged the Romans [253]twice: the [254]victory [255]both times being [256]dubious. He was [257]then [258]invited by the [259]Syracusans [260]into Sicily against [261]the Carthaginians; [262]where [263]matters [264]not succeeding [265]according to his [266]desires, he [267]returned into [268]Italy in the year 479; and being [269]defeated, [270]forced out of his [271]camp, and [272]beaten from [273]Tarentum, he returned into [274]Epirus.

FOOTNOTES

[1] distrúggere

[2] idea

[3] abbandonáre

[4] traslocarsi

[5] Vej

[6] dissuáso

[7] diségno

[8] Camíllo

[9] mentre

[10] Marco Mánlio

[11] ottenere

[12] cognóme

[13] Capitolíno

[14] nóbile

[15] difésa

[16] campidóglio

[17] cercáre

[18] ambizione

[19] popoláre

[20] favóre

[21] impadronírsi

[22] suprémo

[23] potére

[24] precipitáto

[25] rocca Tarpéa

[26] diféndere

[27] grande

[28] contésa

[29] fra

[30] nobiltà

[31] popolo

[32] C. Licínio Stolone

[33] L. Séstio

[34] tribúno

[35] popolo

[36] propórre

[37] legge

[38] scegliere

[39] cónsole

[40] d’infra’l popolo

[41] riuscíre

[42] seguénte

[43] L. Séstio fu eletto cónsole

[44] dopo

[45] guerra

[46] Tibúrti

[47] Tarquiniési

[48] Falísci

[49] Gálli

[50] méttersi

[51] órdine

[52] battáglia

[53] mandáre

[54] disfída

[55] uccídere

[56] certo M. Valério

[57] tribúno

[58] soldato

[59] assisténza

[60] corvo

[61] da ció

[62] cognóme

[63] Corvíno

[64] ma

[65] guerra

[66] gravóso

[67] lunga

[68] contro

[69] Sanníti

[70] intrapréndere

[71] richiésta

[72] Campáni

[73] duráre

[74] settánta

[75] benchè

[76] spesse volte

[77] battúto

[78] Latíno

[79] préndere l’armi

[80] contro

[81] vincere

[82] cónsoli Torquáto e Decio

[83] primo

[84] decapitáre

[85] figliuólo

[86] aver combáttuto

[87] senza

[88] órdine

[89] altro

[90] consacrársi

[91] morte

[92] armáta

[93] nemíco

[94] sottomettérsi

[95] poco dopo

[96] ribelláre

[97] alla fine

[98] affátto

[99] ridótto

[100] incírca

[101] Galli

[102] fare

[103] pace

[104] mantenere

[105] trenta

[106] Cisalpíno

[107] assieme con

[108] Transalpíno

[109] Galli

[110] Toscáni

[111] dare il guasto a

[112] Románo

[113] território

[114] ritornáre

[115] casa

[116] carico

[117] spóglia

[118] contendere

[119] quattro

[120] unírsi

[121] Sanníti

[122] Toscáni

[123] assalíre

[124] armáta

[125] comandáre

[126] L. Scipióne

[127] propretóre

[128] battáglia

[129] P. Decio

[130] cónsole

[131] sacrificò se stesso

[132] diéci

[133] Galli Senoni

[134] invitáto

[135] Lucáni

[136] Bruzi

[137] assediáre

[138] Arezzo

[139] víncere

[140] L. Cecílio

[141] pretore

[142] ammazzáre

[143] sconfítta

[144] vendicáre

[145] poco dopo

[146] sconfíggere

[147] Galli

[148] preso

[149] mandáre

[150] colónia

[151] Boj

[152] commósso

[153] duro

[154] condizione

[155] Senoni

[156] entráre

[157] alleánza

[158] Toscáni

[159] veníre a giornáta con

[160] lago

[161] Vadimóne

[162] battáglia

[163] quasi

[164] tutto

[165] uccíso

[166] poco

[167] scampáre

[168] succédere

[169] seguente

[170] affátto

[171] sottomesso

[172] incírca

[173] primachè

[174] Pirro

[175] veníre

[176] Itália

[177] Palepolitáni

[178] pariménte

[179] dove

[180] adésso

[181] Napóli

[182] avventuráre

[183] soggiogáto

[184] dopo

[185] cioè a dire

[186] próconsole Públio

[187] dódici

[188] nazióne

[189] essendosi levate in armi

[190] totale

[191] sterminio

[192] sconfíggere

[193] battáglia

[194] cónsole

[195] anno

[196] uccíso

[197] preso

[198] nemíco

[199] numero

[200] Tarentíni

[201] tirársi addósso

[202] Románo

[203] saccheggiáre

[204] flotta

[205] maltrattáre

[206] ambasciadóre

[207] veníre

[208] lamentársi

[209] ingiúria

[210] insiéme

[211] Sanníti

[212] Salentíni

[213] sconfítto

[214] Emílio Bárbula

[215] spaventáto

[216] sventúra

[217] mandár a cercáre

[218] Pirro

[219] ajúto

[220] trasportáre

[221] armáta

[222] Itália

[223] fare

[224] guerra

[225] duráre

[226] prima

[227] zuffa

[228] comandáto

[229] Lavínio

[230] superato

[231] sforza

[232] nemíco

[233] strano

[234] forma

[235] elefánte

[236] cédere

[237] vittoria

[238] rimandáre

[239] prigioniéro

[240] senza

[241] taglia

[242] poco dopo

[243] fatto

[244] inútile

[245] trattative

[246] pace

[247] ambasciadóre

[248] Cinéa

[249] perchè

[250] Áppio Cláudio

[251] impedíre

[252] attaccáre

[253] due volte

[254] vittória

[255] due

[256] dubbio

[257] allóra

[258] invitáto

[259] Siracuséi

[260] ad andáre in

[261] Cartaginése

[262] dove

[263] cosa

[264] riuscíre

[265] secóndo

[266] desiderio

[267] ritornáre

[268] Itália

[269] sconfítto

[270] forzato di sloggiáre

[271] accampamento

[272] scacciato

[273] Táranto

[274] Epíro

CHAP. V.

(Of the World, 3790—Of Rome, 490.)

[1]After this, a [2]war [3]broke out [4]between the Romans and the [5]Carthaginians, in the year of the city 490, [6]occasioned by the [7]ambition and [8]formidable [9]power of each of them. [10]Hiero, king of Syracuse, and [11]ally of the Carthaginians, [12]made war against the [13]Mamertini, who had [14]seized upon Messana. They [15]applied to the Romans for [16]help, who [17]carrying over an [18]army into [19]Sicily, [20]fell upon Hiero, and the Carthaginians. The [21]fortune of the war was for a [22]long time very [23]doubtful; the Carthaginians [24]being successful by [25]sea, and the Romans by [26]land. The most [27]memorable [28]person in all this war was [29]Attilius Regulus, who having [30]brought the Carthaginians [31]very low by two [32]victories [33]obtained over them at sea and land; and [34]refusing to [35]grant them [36]peace but upon [37]hard terms, he was [38]vanquished by [39]Xantippus the [40]Lacedæmonian [41]general, and [42]taken [43]prisoner with 15,000 [44]men, 30,000 being [45]slain, in the year 498. Being [46]afterwards [47]sent to [48]Rome by the [49]Carthaginians, to [50]treat with the [51]senate upon an [52]exchange of [53]prisoners, he [54]interposed to [55]prevent it, and [56]returning to [57]Carthage, was [58]put to [59]death in the most [60]cruel [61]manner [62]imaginable, as [63]many [64]authors [65]tell us. The [66]first among the Romans that [67]obtained a [68]victory by sea, was C. [69]Duilius, in the first year of this [70]war. C. [71]Lutatius [72]gained [73]another in the 23rd and [74]last year; in which he [75]made an end of the war with the Carthaginians, [76]near the [77]island of the [78]Ægates. A [79]peace was [80]concluded upon these [81]terms, that they should [82]quit all the islands which [83]lie between Italy and Africa, and should [84]pay [85]yearly 2,200 [86]talents for [87]twenty years [88]together. This [89]happened in the year of the city 513, and 241 before [90]Christ.

In the year 519, the [91]temple of [92]Janus was [93]shut, which very rarely [94]happened in Rome; but upon the [95]breaking out of new wars, it was [96]soon [97]open again. The [98]Ligures, the Sardi, and Corsi were [99]subdued; after which the Romans [100]had war with the [101]Illyrians, and their [102]queen Teuta, which war was [103]ended in [104]three years time. There [105]happened [106]about this [107]time a [108]dreadful [109]irruption of the [110]Gauls. The [111]Insubres and [112]Boii, having [113]first [114]sent for some [115]transalpine Gauls, [116]fell upon the Romans, [117]on account of the [118]land in Picene, that had been [119]taken from the Galli [120]Senones, and [121]disposed of by [122]Flaminius, [123]tribune of the [124]people, by virtue of the [125]Agrarian law, [126]made in the year of the city 452. They were [127]several times [128]worsted, and the Insubres [129]entirely [130]subdued, and king [131]Virdumarus [132]slain by C. [133]Marcellus, the [134]consul, who was the only person after [135]Romulus that [136]consecrated [137]Opima Spolia to [138]Jupiter Feretrius. In this war Hiero, king of Sicily, [139]sent the Romans a [140]vast quantity of [141]corn, the [142]price of which he [143]received after the war was [144]ended.

After this, [145]followed a [146]second war with the Carthaginians, four and twenty years after the [147]end of the [148]former; which [149]indeed did not [150]last [151]so long, but was [152]so much more [153]terrible for the [154]dreadful [155]slaughter that was made in it ([156]says Florus) that if [157]any one [158]compared the [159]losses on [160]each side, the [161]people that [162]proved [163]victorious [164]seemed more [165]likely to be [166]conquered. The first cause of this war was the [167]same with that of the former, [168]ambition and the [169]impatience of the Carthaginians [170]under their [171]servitude. The first cause of this [172]combustion was [173]Hannibal, the son of [174]Hamilcar, who was [175]general of the [176]Carthaginians in the [177]former [178]war, and had [179]accepted the [180]conditions of peace [181]with a heavy heart. For after [182]affairs were [183]settled in Africa, being [184]sent into [185]Spain, in the year of the city 517, he [186]carried along with him Hannibal, who [187]was then nine years old, having [188]first [189]brought him before an [190]altar, and [191]made him [192]swear that he [193]never would be a [194]friend to the Romans. Hamilcar being [195]slain about nine years after, Asdrubal, his son-in-law, was [196]put in his [197]place. He [198]sent for Hannibal, and being slain himself eight years after, was [199]succeeded by him, [200]being in the 27th year of his age. [201]As soon as he was made [202]general, he [203]conquered all Spain within the river [204]Iberus. After that he [205]fell upon the [206]town of [207]Saguntum with all his [208]forces, and [209]took it, after a [210]siege of seven [211]months. The [212]Saguntines having [213]in vain [214]waited for [215]assistance from the Romans, [216]were all destroyed [217]partly by the [218]enemy’s [219]sword, and [220]partly by their own [221]hands. This war [222]broke out in the year of the city 536; and [223]lasted seventeen years.

Upon the first [224]coming of Hannibal into Italy, both the [225]consuls were [226]defeated, P. [227]Cornelius at [228]Ticinum, and [229]Sempronius at Trebia. They [230]received a greater [231]overthrow the [232]following year near the [233]Thrasymene [234]lake. [235]In the mean time, Q. [236]Fabius Maximus being made [237]dictator by the [238]people, [239]recovered in some [240]measure the Roman [241]affairs. But the most [242]fatal [243]stroke was that of Cannæ, in the year of the city 538, [244]occasioned by the [245]rashness of one of the [246]consuls, [247]Terentius Varro. [248]Forty thousand Romans were [249]killed in that [250]battle: [251]however, their [252]courage was not [253]cast down by this [254]overthrow; [255]for they would not [256]redeem those that had been [257]taken [258]prisoners, in the battle of Cannæ. In the year 540, the [259]consul [260]Marcellus [261]besieged [262]Syracuse, which had [263]declared for the Carthaginians; it was [264]wonderfully [265]defended a long time by the [266]contrivance of [267]Archimedes, who was an [268]excellent [269]astronomer, but more [270]famous for the [271]invention of [272]military [273]engines. It was [274]taken [275]at last with [276]much [277]difficulty, after a [278]siege of three years. We are [279]told that Archimedes being very [280]intent upon his [281]study at that time, and not [282]minding the [283]hurry, and [284]noise of the [285]army, when they [286]broke into the [287]town, was [288]killed by a [289]soldier; that Marcellus was much [290]concerned for his [291]death, having [292]given [293]strict [294]charge to his [295]men to [296]spare his [297]life.

[298]In the mean time, [299]Lævinus the [300]prætor [301]stopt [302]Philip king of [303]Macedon, who having made an [304]alliance with Hannibal, was [305]ready to [306]come into Italy, and [307]forced him to [308]burn his [309]fleet, and [310]retreat into Macedon, in the year of the city 542. But in Spain, the two [311]brothers P. and C. [312]Scipio, who had [313]till then [314]prevented Hasdrubal’s [315]passage into Italy to his brother Hannibal, and had [316]performed a great many [317]gallant actions, were both slain, and their [318]armies [319]destroyed. L. Marcus, a Roman knight, being [320]chosen general, by the [321]votes of the [322]soldiers, [323]upheld their [324]tottering [325]cause; by whose [326]conduct in one [327]day, and a [328]night, two [329]camps of the [330]enemy were [331]taken by [332]assault, and about [333]thirty-seven thousand [334]men [335]slain. The [336]same year [337]Tarentum, [338]except the [339]citadel, was taken by Hannibal; and Capua [340]besieged by the Romans; and Hannibal [341]marched to Rome to [342]draw them from it. But a [343]sudden [344]storm [345]arising, [346]forced him from the [347]walls, and the [348]sight of it. Capua was after that [349]surrendered to the Romans, the [350]grandees of which [351]poisoned themselves; the [352]senators were [353]beheaded, and the city [354]deprived of its [355]liberty.

There was a [356]son of that P. Scipio, who, as we have said was [357]killed in [358]Spain, [359]named [360]likewise P. Scipio, who after the [361]death of his [362]father and [363]uncle, was [364]sent into Spain, [365]being but twenty-four years old. There having [366]performed very great [367]things, and [368]vanquished Hasdrubal, the son of [369]Gisco and [370]Mago, [371]he drove the Carthaginians out of Spain, in five years after he [372]came there; from thence [373]passing over into Africa, he [374]made an [375]alliance with [376]Syphax, king of the [377]Masylians, and after that with Masanissa, king of the [378]Masasulians. These things [379]were done in the year 548, and the [380]third from the [381]death of [382]Marcellus; who having been [383]successful in [384]several [385]battles with Hannibal, was [386]at last, [387]trepanned by an [388]ambuscade, and slain. In the [389]following year, Hasdrubal was [390]cut off, with his [391]army [392]before he could [393]join his [394]brother, by the two [395]consuls, [396]Claudius Nero and [397]Livius Salinator. Hannibal was [398]then in Apulia, [399]opposed by Nero the consul. [400]Livy was [401]encamped in [402]Cisalpine Gaul [403]against Hasdrubal, Nero [404]marched [405]through Italy [406]privately, in six [407]days time, [408]came to the [409]camp of his [410]colleague with a [411]part of his [412]army, and having [413]conquered the [414]enemy, [415]returned to his camp before Hannibal [416]perceived that he was [417]gone. There are [418]said to have been 56,000 of the [419]enemy [420]slain in the [421]battle, and 5,400 [422]taken [423]prisoners. The head [424]of Hasdrubal was [425]thrown before the [426]advanced guard of the Carthaginians by Nero.

P. Scipio [427]resolved to [428]carry the [429]war into Africa, that he might [430]draw Hannibal out of Italy; but [431]at first that being [432]looked upon as a [433]rash [434]design, he had neither [435]money nor [436]men from the [437]government. [438]Wherefore, having [439]raised none but [440]volunteers, and [441]borrowed money, he first [442]went to [443]Sicily, and [444]from thence to Africa, in the year 550; [445]when the [446]image of the [447]Idæan mother was [448]brought from [449]Pessinus in [450]Phrygia, to Rome, [451]according to the [452]advice of [453]the oracle.

The general [454]employed [455]against him by the [456]Carthaginians was Hasdrubal, the son of Gisco, who had [457]contracted his daughter [458]Sophonisba to Masanissa. But the Carthaginians had [459]given her to [460]Syphax, (who being [461]in love with the [462]young lady, [463]laid waste their [464]country in the [465]absence of her [466]father and [467]husband) to [468]take him off from the Roman [469]alliance: at which [470]usage Masanissa being [471]incensed, he [472]gave himself up [473]entirely to the Roman [474]interest, and was very [475]serviceable to them in [476]reducing the Carthaginians.

[477]After a great many [478]overthrows, the Carthaginians [479]found themselves [480]obliged to [481]recall Hannibal out of Italy, to the [482]defence of their country, where, after a [483]fruitless [484]overture of [485]peace, he was [486]vanquished by Scipio, and an [487]end was put to the [488]war, after it had [489]lasted seven years.

The second [490]Punic war was [491]followed by the [492]Macedonian, [493]against king Philip. That which put the Romans upon it was the [494]former injuries [495]Philip had done them, [496]as likewise the late [497]vexation he had given their [498]allies, [499]especially the Athenians, who being [500]harassed by the king, [501]fled to the Romans. [502]At length [503]Titus Quinctius Flaminius [504]put an end to the war, four years after it [505]began, by the [506]conquest of Philip at [507]Cynoscephalæ, in [508]Thessaly.

After this [509]followed the war with [510]Antiochus, king of Asia, who having [511]recovered Syria, and [512]conquered Scopas, the general of [513]Ptolemæus Epiphanes, [514]began now to be [515]formidable to the Romans, [516]against whom Hannibal did not a little [517]inflame him; who, for [518]fear of the same [519]enemy, had [520]fled to the king. The [521]ambassadors of the [522]Ætolians too, who were now [523]averse to the Roman [524]alliance, [525]contributed not a [526]little towards it. Antiochus [527]therefore having [528]clapped up a peace with [529]Ptolemy, to whom he [530]gave his daughter Cleopatra in [531]marriage, and [532]granted [533]Cœlo Syria, and [534]Judea by way of [535]portion, [536]made war upon the Romans, which being begun in the year of the city 562, [537]lasted three years in all. For in the year 565, L. [538]Cornelius Scipio the [539]consul, [540]going over into Asia, with his brother P. Scipio [541]Africanus, as his [542]lieutenant, did, by the [543]assistance, [544]chiefly of his [545]counsel, [546]conquer Antiochus. Livy [547]tells us, there were 50,000 [548]foot [549]slain in one [550]battle, and 4,000 [551]horse. A peace was [552]granted Antiochus [553]upon the following condition [554]among others, that he should [555]recede [556]from all the countries [557]on this side [558]mount Taurus.

After Antiochus was [559]conquered, the Ætolians were [560]reduced by Fulvius the consul; and the same year the Gallo-Greci were [561]subdued by the other [562]consul, Cneius Manlius.

In the 149th [563]Olympiad [564]died three [565]famous generals, P. Scipio, Hannibal, and [566]Philopæmen. Scipio was [567]impeached for [568]taking [569]money of Antiochus for the peace [570]he granted him; after which he [571]retired to [572]Liturnum in Campania, and [573]died there in the year of the city 570. Hannibal a year or two after (for [574]historians are not [575]agreed upon the [576]matter) being [577]demanded of Drusias, king of Bythynia, by the Roman [578]ambassadors, [579]in order to be [580]put to [581]death, [582]poisoned himself. [583]About the [584]same time Philopæmen, general of the [585]Achæans, was [586]taken by the [587]Messenians, and [588]slain, after he had [589]forced to a [590]submission the Lacedæmonians, who had [591]thrown off the Achæan [592]alliance.

In the mean time Philip, being [593]checked [594]rather than [595]conquered in the [596]former war, was [597]very busy in [598]making [599]preparations for [600]another; but before [601]matters were [602]ripe [603]enough [604]for that purpose, he died, and was [605]succeeded by his son [606]Perseus, who [607]went on with the [608]preparations of war [609]against the Romans; which was [610]finished in four years after its [611]beginning with the [612]ruin of him and the [613]kingdom of Macedon [614]together, in the year of the city 586. The general [615]employed by the Romans in that war, was [616]Paulus Æmilius, who in one [617]battle, [618]wherein were slain 20,000 [619]men, and 11,000 [620]taken [621]prisoners, [622]put a [623]final period to the [624]Macedonian [625]empire in the [626]11th year of king Perseus. About the same time, [627]Gentius, king of the [628]Illyrians, being [629]trepanned into an [630]alliance by Perseus, was [631]conquered by [632]Amicius the [633]prætor.

After the [634]conquest of Antiochus, the Macedonians [635]rebelled again, but were [636]subdued, and Macedon [637]reduced to the [638]rank of a [639]province.

Some time after a war [640]broke out with the [641]Achæans, who having [642]pulled down all the [643]walls of [644]Lacedæmon, and [645]taken away their [646]ancient [647]laws, had [648]obliged them to [649]unite with them; which the Lacedæmonians [650]complained of to the Romans, who [651]sent [652]against the Achæans Metellus the prætor, by whom they were [653]defeated in two [654]engagements at [655]Thermopylæ, and in [656]Phocis; and [657]presently after [658]entirely reduced by the consul [659]L. Nummius, and [660]Corinth, the [661]metropolis of their [662]nation, [663]burnt.

The same year Carthage was [664]taken and [665]destroyed. The [666]occasion of this war was a [667]difference [668]between Masanissa and the Carthaginians [669]about their [670]territories; which [671]controversy being [672]referred to the Romans, they obliged the Carthaginians to [673]give up the [674]country in [675]dispute, and [676]money, also, to Masanissa. But the Romans had [677]before-hand [678]resolved [679]utterly to [680]raze Carthage, [681]right or wrong, [682]chiefly at the [683]instigation of [684]Marcus Cato the censor, who, whenever he [685]gave his [686]opinion upon any [687]debate in the [688]senate, [689]used [690]finally to [691]add, Carthage [692]must be [693]destroyed. [694]Wherefore in the year of the city 605, Carthage was [695]besieged by the consuls [696]Manilius and [697]Censorinus. They soon after [698]surrendered to the Romans; but being [699]ordered to [700]demolish their city, and [701]fix themselves at ten [702]miles [703]distance from the [704]sea, they were so [705]inflamed with [706]fury and [707]despair, that they [708]held out even [709]beyond their [710]strength, [711]till in the fourth year, the [712]same in which [713]Corinth was destroyed, it was [714]taken by [715]P. Cornelius Scipio, the [716]proconsul, who was [717]Paulus Æmilius’s son, and had been [718]adopted by the son of Scipio Africanus. At the [719]beginning of the war Masanissa, king of the [720]Numidians, [721]died, in the 97th year of his [722]age, having [723]left behind him forty-four sons, and [724]continued [725]an ally of the Romans near 60 years.

FOOTNOTES

[1] dopo

[2] guerra

[3] destarsi

[4] tra

[5] Cartaginése

[6] causáre

[7] ambizióne

[8] formidábile

[9] potére

[10] Gerone

[11] alleáto

[12] guerreggiáre

[13] Mamertíni

[14] usurpáto

[15] ricorrere

[16] ajúto

[17] trasportáre

[18] armáta

[19] Sicília

[20] attaccáre

[21] sorte

[22] lungo tempo

[23] incérto

[24] prosperando

[25] mare

[26] terra

[27] memorábile

[28] persóna

[29] Attílio Régolo

[30] abbattúto

[31] fortemente

[32] vittória

[33] riportáto

[34] rifiutáre

[35] accordáre

[36] pace

[37] dure condizioni

[38] vinto

[39] Santíppo

[40] Lacedémone

[41] generále

[42] fatto

[43] prigióne

[44] uómo

[45] uccíso

[46] indi

[47] mandáto

[48] Roma

[49] Cartaginési

[50] trattáre

[51] senáto

[52] cámbio

[53] prigioniéro

[54] interpórre

[55] impedíre

[56] tornáre

[57] Cartágine

[58] messo

[59] morte

[60] crudéle

[61] maniéra

[62] immaginábile

[63] molto

[64] autóre

[65] rapportáre

[66] primo

[67] riportáre

[68] vittória

[69] Duílio

[70] guerra

[71] Lutázio

[72] guadagnare

[73] altro

[74] último

[75] termináre

[76] vicíno

[77] ísola

[78] Egáte

[79] pace

[80] conclúso

[81] condizióne

[82] abbandonáre

[83] situáto

[84] pagáre

[85] annualménte

[86] talénto

[87] venti

[88] di séguito

[89] succédere

[90] Cristo

[91] témpio

[92] Giáno

[93] chiúso

[94] raraménte

[95] scopiáre

[96] presto

[97] apérto

[98] Líguri

[99] vinto

[100] guerreggiáre

[101] Illírici

[102] regína

[103] termináre

[104] tre anni

[105] avveníre

[106] incírca

[107] tempo

[108] terríbile

[109] incursióne

[110] Galli

[111] Insúbri

[112] Boj

[113] prima

[114] mandáre

[115] transalpíno

[116] attaccáre

[117] a cagióne

[118] terra

[119] tolto

[120] Sénoni

[121] distribuíre

[122] Flaminio

[123] tribuno

[124] pópolo

[125] legge Agrária

[126] fatto

[127] parécchie volte

[128] malmenato

[129] affátto

[130] soggiogato

[131] Virdumáro

[132] uccíso

[133] Marcéllo

[134] cónsole

[135] Rómolo

[136] consacráre

[137] Opíma spóglia

[138] Gióve Ferétrio

[139] mandáre

[140] imménsa quantità

[141] grano

[142] prezzo

[143] ricévere

[144] termináto

[145] seguíre

[146] secóndo

[147] fine

[148] precedénte

[149] alla verità

[150] duráre

[151] cotánto

[152] tanto

[153] più

[154] terríbile

[155] orréndo

[156] macéllo

[157] al dire di Floro

[158] paragonáre

[159] pérdita

[160] da ambe le parti

[161] nazione

[162] sortíre

[163] vittorióso

[164] parére

[165] più presto

[166] vinto

[167] stesso

[168] ambizióne

[169] impaziénza

[170] sotto

[171] servitù

[172] incéndio

[173] Anníbale

[174] Amílcare

[175] generále

[176] Cartaginési

[177] antecedénte

[178] guerra

[179] accettáto

[180] condizióne

[181] di mal animo

[182] affáre

[183] stabilíto

[184] mandáto

[185] Spagna

[186] condurre seco

[187] avére allóra nove anni

[188] primieraménte

[189] presentáto

[190] altáre

[191] fatto

[192] giuráre

[193] mai

[194] amíco

[195] uccíso

[196] messo

[197] posto

[198] mandár a cercáre

[199] succédere

[200] in età di venti sette anni

[201] súbito che

[202] fatto

[203] conquistáre

[204] fiúme Ibéro

[205] investíre

[206] città

[207] Sagúnto

[208] forza

[209] préndere

[210] assédio

[211] mese

[212] Saguntíni

[213] indárno

[214] aspettáto

[215] assisténza

[216] períre tutti

[217] parte

[218] nemíco

[219] spada

[220] parte

[221] mano

[222] principiáre

[223] duráre

[224] venúta

[225] cónsole

[226] sconfítto

[227] Cornélio

[228] Ticíno

[229] Semprónio

[230] ricévere

[231] rotta

[232] seguénte

[233] Trasiméne

[234] lago

[235] nell’ istésso témpo

[236] Fábio Mássimo

[237] dittatóre

[238] pópolo

[239] rimettere

[240] modo

[241] affáre

[242] fatále

[243] colpo

[244] cagionáto

[245] temerità

[246] cónsole

[247] Terénzio Varróne

[248] quaránta mila

[249] uccíso

[250] battáglia

[251] con tutto ciò

[252] corággio

[253] abbattuto

[254] rotta

[255] così che

[256] riscattáre

[257] preso

[258] prigioniéro

[259] cónsole

[260] Marcéllo

[261] assediáre

[262] Siracúsa

[263] dichiaráto

[264] maravigliosaménte

[265] diféso

[266] ingégno

[267] Archímede

[268] eccellénte

[269] astrónomo

[270] famóso

[271] invenzióne

[272] militáre

[273] mácchina

[274] preso

[275] alla fine

[276] molto

[277] difficoltà

[278] assédio

[279] dire

[280] fisso

[281] stúdio

[282] badáre

[283] confusióne

[284] strépito

[285] armáta

[286] avventársi

[287] città

[288] uccíso

[289] soldáto

[290] afflítto

[291] morte

[292] dato

[293] precíso

[294] órdine

[295] génte

[296] salváre

[297] vita

[298] nell’ istésso tempo

[299] Lavínio

[300] pretóre

[301] fermáre

[302] Filíppo

[303] Macedónia

[304] alleánza

[305] stava per

[306] veníre

[307] forzáre

[308] abbruciáre

[309] flotta

[310] ritirársi

[311] fratéllo

[312] Scipióne

[313] fin allóra

[314] impedíto

[315] passággio

[316] fare

[317] azioni valorose

[318] armáta

[319] distrútta

[320] elétto

[321] voto

[322] soldáto

[323] sostenére

[324] vacillánte

[325] causa

[326] condótta

[327] giórno

[328] notte

[329] campo

[330] nemíco

[331] preso

[332] assálto

[333] trenta sette mila

[334] uómo

[335] uccíso

[336] stesso

[337] Táranto

[338] eccettuáto

[339] cittadella

[340] assediáto

[341] marciáre

[342] trarre

[343] repentíno

[344] tempésta

[345] sollevársi

[346] lo costrínse d’allontanarsi

[347] muro

[348] vista

[349] reso

[350] grande

[351] avvelenársi

[352] senatóre

[353] decapitáto

[354] priváto

[355] libertà

[356] figlio

[357] ammazzáto

[358] Spagna

[359] nomináto

[360] pariménte

[361] morte

[362] padre

[363] zio

[364] mandáto

[365] non avéndo che 24 anni

[366] fatto

[367] cosa

[368] vinto

[369] Giscóne

[370] Magóne

[371] scacciáre

[372] veníre

[373] passáre

[374] fare

[375] alleánza

[376] Sifáce

[377] Masiliáni

[378] Masasuliáni

[379] succédere

[380] terzo

[381] morte

[382] Marcéllo

[383] fortunáto

[384] molto

[385] battáglia

[386] alla fine

[387] tiráto

[388] imboscata

[389] seguente

[390] tagliáto a pezzi

[391] armáta

[392] prima che

[393] unírsi

[394] fratéllo

[395] cónsole

[396] Claudio Neróne

[397] Lívio Salinatóre

[398] allóra

[399] oppósto

[400] Lívio

[401] accampáto

[402] Gállia Cisalpína

[403] contro

[404] marciáre

[405] attravérso

[406] segretaménte

[407] giórno

[408] veníre

[409] campo

[410] colléga

[411] parte

[412] armáta

[413] vinto

[414] nemíco

[415] tornáre

[416] accórgersi

[417] andáto

[418] dire

[419] nemíco

[420] uccíso

[421] battáglia

[422] preso

[423] prigioniéro

[424] testa

[425] gettáta

[426] la guárdia avanzáta

[427] risólvere

[428] portáre

[429] guerra

[430] trarre

[431] alla prima

[432] consideráto

[433] temerário

[434] diségno

[435] danáro

[436] gente

[437] govérno

[438] perciò

[439] leváre

[440] voluntário

[441] pigliar ad imprestito

[442] andáre

[443] Sicília

[444] di là

[445] quando

[446] simulácro

[447] madre Idéa

[448] portáto

[449] Pessínno

[450] Frígia

[451] secóndo

[452] consíglio

[453] orácolo

[454] impiegáto

[455] contro

[456] Cartaginési

[457] promésso

[458] Sofonísba

[459] dato

[460] Sifáce

[461] innamoráto

[462] gióvane

[463] devastáre

[464] paése

[465] assénza

[466] padre

[467] consórte

[468] distrárre

[469] alleánza

[470] tratto

[471] irritáto

[472] dedicarsi

[473] affátto

[474] interésse

[475] utile

[476] debelláre

[477] dopo

[478] sconfítta

[479] trovársi

[480] obbligáto

[481] richiamáre

[482] difesa

[483] vano

[484] trattativa

[485] pace

[486] vinto

[487] termináto

[488] guerra

[489] duráto

[490] Púnico

[491] seguíto

[492] Macédonico

[493] contro

[494] precedénte

[495] ingiúria

[496] come anche

[497] fastídio

[498] confederáto

[499] specialménte

[500] molestáre

[501] volgersi

[502] alla fine

[503] Tito Quínzio Flamínio

[504] termináre

[505] principiáre

[506] col vincere

[507] Cinoscefále

[508] Tesságlia

[509] seguíre

[510] Antíoco

[511] ricuperáto

[512] conquistato

[513] Toloméo Epífane

[514] principiáre

[515] formidábile

[516] contro

[517] infiammáre

[518] paúra

[519] nemíco

[520] fuggíto

[521] ambasciadóre

[522] Etoliáni

[523] contrário

[524] alleánza

[525] contribuíre

[526] poco

[527] perciò

[528] fatto una pace finta

[529] Toloméo

[530] dare

[531] matrimónio

[532] concédere

[533] Celo Síria

[534] Giudéa

[535] dote

[536] impréndere guerra

[537] duráre

[538] Cornélio Scipióne

[539] cónsole

[540] passáre

[541] l’Africáno

[542] luogotenénte

[543] ajúto

[544] sopra tutto

[545] consíglio

[546] vincere

[547] dire

[548] soldati d’infantería

[549] uccíso

[550] battáglia

[551] cavalleria

[552] concésso a

[553] con questo patto

[554] fra

[555] ritirarsi

[556] da tutto il paese

[557] di quà dal

[558] monte Tauro

[559] vinto

[560] debelláto

[561] soggiogáto

[562] cónsole Gneo Mánlio

[563] Olimpíade

[564] moríre

[565] famóso

[566] Filopeméno

[567] accusato

[568] d’aver ricevuto

[569] danáro

[570] accordáre

[571] ritirársi

[572] Litúrno

[573] moríre

[574] istórico

[575] d’accórdo

[576] cosa

[577] richiésto

[578] ambasciadóre

[579] acciò

[580] messo

[581] morte

[582] avvelenársi

[583] incírca

[584] stesso tempo

[585] Achei

[586] preso

[587] Messenj

[588] uccíso

[589] costrétto

[590] sommettersi

[591] rinunziato

[592] alleánza

[593] sbattuto

[594] piuttósto

[595] debelláto

[596] precedénte

[597] affaccendáto

[598] fare

[599] preparatívo

[600] altro

[601] cosa

[602] matúro

[603] abbastánza

[604] a questo effetto

[605] gli successe

[606] Perséo

[607] continuáre

[608] preparatívo

[609] contro

[610] termináto

[611] princípio

[612] rovína

[613] regno

[614] ancóra

[615] impiegáto

[616] Páolo Emílio

[617] battáglia

[618] nella quále

[619] uómo

[620] fatto

[621] prigioniéro

[622] méttere

[623] termine

[624] Macedonico

[625] império

[626] undécimo

[627] Génzio

[628] Illírj

[629] trascinato

[630] alleánza

[631] vinto

[632] Amício

[633] pretóre

[634] sconfitta

[635] ribellársi

[636] soggiogáto

[637] ridótto

[638] forma

[639] província

[640] accendersi

[641] Achei

[642] demolíto

[643] mura

[644] Lacedemónia

[645] leváre via

[646] antíco

[647] legge

[648] obbligáre

[649] unírsi

[650] lamentársi

[651] mandáre

[652] contro

[653] sconfítto

[654] battáglia

[655] Termópile

[656] Focíde

[657] poco dopo

[658] affátto

[659] L. Númmio

[660] Corínti

[661] metrópoli

[662] nazióne

[663] bruciáto

[664] preso

[665] distrútto

[666] cagióne

[667] disputa

[668] tra

[669] rispétto a

[670] território

[671] controvérsia

[672] referito

[673] abbandonáre

[674] paése

[675] dispúta

[676] danáro

[677] anticipataménte

[678] risólvere

[679] intieraménte

[680] spianáre

[681] a diritto o a torto

[682] sopra tutto

[683] istigazióne

[684] Marco Catóne censóre

[685] dare

[686] opinióne

[687] discussióne

[688] senáto

[689] solére

[690] per conclusione

[691] aggiúngere

[692] bisógna

[693] distrútto

[694] perciò

[695] assediáto

[696] Manílio

[697] Censoríno

[698] arréndersi

[699] comandáto

[700] demolíre

[701] stabilírsi

[702] miglia

[703] di distánza

[704] mare

[705] infiammáto

[706] collera

[707] disperazióne

[708] sostenérsi

[709] oltre

[710] forza

[711] infíno

[712] stesso

[713] Corínto

[714] preso

[715] P. Cornélio Scipióne

[716] procónsole

[717] Páolo Emílio

[718] adottáto

[719] princípio

[720] Numídi

[721] moríre

[722] età

[723] lasciáto

[724] continuáto

[725] nell’alleanza

CHAP. VI.

(Of the World, 3908—Of Rome, 608.)

[1]About the same time the [2]Lusitanians in [3]Spain [4]beat the Romans most [5]shamefully [6]under the [7]conduct of [8]Viriathus; who from a [9]huntsman [10]became a [11]highwayman; and from a highwayman, a general, and [12]defeated the Roman [13]armies [14]several times. But that [15]overthrow was most [16]memorable of all [17]others, in which, in the year 608, having [18]routed the [19]forces of [20]Vetilius the [21]prætor, [22]he took him prisoner, and [23]put him [24]to death, according to [25]Appian. Nor was he the [26]only one that was [27]conquered by Viriathus, but several others [28]underwent the same [29]fate. The first that was [30]successful [31]against him was [32]C. Lælius the prætor, in the year 609. After which the proconsul [33]Quintius Fabius Maximus [34]defeated him. In the year 614, [35]Q. Servilius Cæpio [36]basely [37]procured him to be [38]assassinated by some of his own [39]officers, whom he had [40]bribed [41]for that purpose, to the great [42]dishonour of the Roman [43]name.

After this a much more [44]dangerous war [45]broke out in Celtiberia. The Numantini having [46]received the [47]Segidenses their [48]allies, that had [49]escaped the [50]hands of the Romans, were [51]commanded by Metellus the proconsul, [52]to deliver up the [53]refugees, and [54]lay down their [55]arms, but they [56]refused both: and [57]though they were so much [58]inferior to the Romans, in [59]number and [60]strength, they [61]made a [62]gallant [63]resistance for some [64]years. The [65]army of [66]M. Popilius the proconsul, was [67]cut off by them, and the year [68]following, [69]thirty [70]thousand Romans, under the consul Mancinus, were [71]routed by four thousand of the Numantini; which [72]disgrace was [73]followed by a most [74]shameful [75]peace; but the senate [76]refused to [77]ratify it; [78]wherefore Mancinus was [79]delivered up into their hands, but the Numantini would not [80]receive him. [81]At last they were [82]vanquished in the [83]field by Scipio, who had [84]destroyed Carthage; and being [85]shut up within their own [86]walls, were [87]reduced to [88]so desperate a condition, that they all [89]laid violent hands upon themselves; and Numantia was [90]levelled with the ground, in the ninth year after their [91]revolt from the Romans, and from the [92]foundation of the city 621.

[93]Whilst the Romans were [94]still at war with the [95]Achæans and Carthaginians, Macedon was [96]conquered a third time. [97]Andriscus, a [98]man of [99]mean birth, who [100]pretended to be [101]Philip the son of [102]Perseus, had [103]possessed himself of it. He was conquered by [104]Q. Cæcilius Metellus, with the [105]slaughter of 25,000 [106]of his men. Metellus had [107]from thence [108]the surname of [109]Macedonicus.

At the time that the Romans were [110]engaged in the [111]Numantine war, there was a [112]rising of the [113]slaves in Sicily. A [114]Syrian, [115]by name Eunus, [116]pretending to a [117]divine [118]inspiration, [119]called the slaves to [120]arms and [121]liberty, [122]as it were by the [123]order of the [124]gods; and having [125]raised a [126]vast [127]army, [128]consisting of no less than 70,000 men, he [129]vanquished four Roman prætors, and was [130]at last [131]routed himself, by P. Rupilius the consul, in the year of the city 622.

Attalus, son of [132]Eumenes, king of [133]Phrygia, when his [134]uncle Attalus was [135]dead (who after Eumenes’ death had [136]managed the [137]kingdom as his [138]guardian), [139]reigned five years, and dying about the year of the city 621, made the Roman people his [140]heir: which [141]Aristonicus, a son of Eumenes by one of his [142]mistresses, [143]taking amiss, he [144]seized upon Asia, and [145]cut off the army of Crassus the prætor. Afterwards he was [146]vanquished by the consul Peperna, and an [147]end was put to the war the year [148]following, 625, by M. Aquilius the consul. This was a [149]melancholy year for the [150]death of Scipio Africanus, who was [151]found dead in his [152]bed, not without the [153]suspicion of having been [154]poisoned by his [155]wife.

The year in which Attalus [156]made the Roman people his [157]heir, there was a [158]formidable [159]sedition at Rome. For T. Gracchus, [160]tribune of the [161]people, having made the [162]Agrarian law, that [163]nobody should [164]possess above 500 [165]acres of [166]land, and [167]proposing to have the [168]money of king Attalus [169]divided amongst the people, and [170]likewise [171]suing for the [172]tribuneship against the year following, the senators being very much [173]disturbed at the [174]matter, he was, by the [175]order of P. Corn. Nasica, [176]slain in the [177]Capitol, [178]whither he had [179]fled for [180]refuge.

After the death of Tiberius, his [181]brother Caius [182]pursuing the same [183]design, was [184]taken off by Opimius, the consul, and [185]together with him, Fulvius Flaccus, who had been consul.

In the year of the city 629, the Romans first made war upon the [186]Gauls [187]beyond the Alps. They [188]began with the Salii, and [189]Allobroges, whom Fulvius Flaccus [190]subdued. In the year 633, Fabius the consul made an end of the war with the Allobroges. He [191]conquered Bituitus, king of the Arverni, in [192]battle. The king himself [193]coming to Rome to [194]satisfy the senate, was [195]confined at Alba. Then Gallia Narbonensis was made a [196]province, and a [197]colony [198]sent to Narbon in the year 636.

The Romans were after this [199]almost [200]perpetually at war with the Gauls, by whom they were [201]oftentimes [202]soundly beaten; but, above all others, the Cimbri and Teutones were [203]terrible to them. They [204]marching for Italy, and not [205]being able to [206]prevail with the senate for [207]room to [208]settle in, they [209]routed M. Silanus the consul; the year following Scaurus was [210]defeated by the Cimbri, and L. Cassius by the Helvetii Tigurini the year after that. But the [211]overthrow of Q. Cæpio was more [212]memorable than all the [213]rest. He had [214]plundered [215]Tholouse in the [216]country of the Tectosagæ, and had [217]carried off an hundred thousand [218]pounds of [219]gold, and fifteen hundred thousand pounds of [220]silver. This was done in the year of the city 648. But the following, he, with C. Manilius, [221]paid for this [222]sacrilege, with the [223]utter, [224]destruction of the Roman army. It is certain there were [225]slain in this [226]battle of the Romans and their [227]allies, [228]fourscore thousand, and of [229]servants that [230]followed the [231]camp [232]threescore thousand.

At length the Teutones and the [233]Ambrones were almost all [234]destroyed, two hundred thousand being slain, and seventy thousand [235]taken [236]prisoners, by C. Marius the consul, in the year 652; and the following year, the same Marius, [237]in conjunction with Catulus, defeated the Cimbri, that were [238]making their way through [239]Noricum, [240]slew an hundred and twenty thousand, and took sixty thousand prisoners.

With so many [241]victories did Marius [242]consummate the [243]glory he had [244]got in the war with Jugurtha. For in the year of the city 643, a war was [245]undertaken against Jugurtha, king of Numidia, because he had [246]deprived his [247]cousins Hiempsal and Adherbal, the sons of Micipsa, and [248]grandsons of Masanissa, of their [249]lives and [250]kingdom. He [251]prevailed against the Romans for some years, more by his gold than by his arms; but was at last [252]brought low by Metellus the consul, and [253]finally [254]entirely [255]subdued by Marius, and [256]delivered up by Bocchus, king of Mauritania, to whom he had [257]fled for refuge; after which he was [258]carried to Rome, to [259]grace the [260]triumph of Marius, and [261]put to death in [262]prison.

This [263]happy [264]progress of the [265]empire [266]abroad, was [267]interrupted by [268]frequent and [269]shameful [270]disorders at [271]home, which were [272]occasioned by the tribunes. Saturninus having [273]had the Agrarian law [274]passed, to [275]divide among the people the land which Marius had got, by [276]driving the Cimbri out of Gaul, [277]banished Metellus Numidicus, who [278]opposed him; but at last was [279]slain himself by Marius, then consul for the sixth time, in the year 654; and the following year Metellus was [280]recalled from [281]banishment.

After Saturninus, Livius Drusus, tribune of the people, but [282]favouring the senate, being [283]desirous to [284]restore them to their [285]ancient [286]splendor, and to [287]put the [288]execution of their laws into their [289]hands, which C. Gracchus had [290]divided [291]between them and the [292]knights, he passed the same Agrarian laws, and put the [293]allies in [294]hopes of the [295]freedom of the city; which [296]being not able to [297]bring about, he [298]fell under an universal [299]odium, and was [300]stabbed, nobody [301]knew how, in the year 663.

After this, the Romans were [302]engaged in two most [303]difficult and terrible wars, almost at the same time; one in Italy, and the other without. That was [304]called the [305]Social or [306]Marsic war, because the Marsi had been the first [307]beginners of it; for all the [308]Latins, and most of the people of Italy, being [309]disgusted, that they who were [310]sharers in all the [311]hardships and [312]dangers of the war, should be [313]excluded from the [314]honours and [315]dignities of the [316]state; and being [317]frustrated in the hopes of [318]obtaining the [319]freedom of the city by Drusus, [320]endeavoured to [321]compass that by [322]force of arms, which they could not obtain [323]by fair means. They first [324]attempted in the Latin [325]Feriæ, to [326]assassinate both the consuls, Philip and Cæsar; but the [327]matter being [328]discovered, they [329]openly [330]revolted, [331]massacred Q. Servilius the proconsul, [332]Fonteius and all the Romans at [333]Asculum. After this the war was [334]carried on with [335]various [336]success. Cn. [337]Pompey Strabo, father of Pompey the [338]Great, [339]distinguished himself upon this [340]occasion. He [341]forced the Vestini and Peligni to [342]submission, and [343]triumphed upon that [344]account. [345]Likewise L. Sylla Cæsar, the consul’s [346]lieutenant, did, by his great successes against the enemy, [347]obtain the [348]consulship, in which he [349]made an end of the war.

Soon after [350]broke out a war between the Romans and [351]Mithridates, who having [352]taken off Ariarthes, king of Cappadocia, his [353]sister’s [354]husband, together with his son of the same [355]name, had [356]seized upon the kingdom; but being forced to [357]forego what he had [358]unjustly got, Ariobarzanes was [359]nominated king of Cappadocia by the senate, but forced out of his [360]dominions by Mithridates, and [361]restored by Sylla. After this he was once more [362]driven out of Cappadocia by Mithridates, [363]as was likewise Nicomedes out of Bithynia. But both [364]recovered their dominions again by a [365]decree of the senate; which Mithridates being [366]offended at, he [367]invaded Cappadocia and Bithynia, [368]routed the Roman armies, [369]massacred all the Italians, [370]throughout Asia in one day; and [371]reduced Macedon, [372]Thrace, [373]Greece, and [374]Athens. The consul Sylla [375]marching against him, [376]took Athens, and having [377]defeated his generals, forced him to a peace upon the [378]conditions of his [379]quitting Asia, Bithynia, and Cappadocia.

FOOTNOTES

[1] incirca

[2] Lusitáni

[3] Spagna

[4] báttere

[5] ignominiosaménte

[6] sotto

[7] condótta

[8] Viriato

[9] cacciatóre

[10] diventáre

[11] ladro di strada

[12] sconfíggere

[13] armáta

[14] più volte

[15] sconfítta

[16] memorábile

[17] altro

[18] rotto

[19] truppa

[20] Vetílio

[21] pretóre

[22] fare

[23] méttere

[24] morte

[25] Appiáno

[26] solo

[27] vinto

[28] soffríre

[29] fato

[30] fortunáto

[31] contro

[32] C. Lelio

[33] Quinto Fabio Mássimo

[34] sconfíggere

[35] Q. Servílio Cepióne

[36] vilménte

[37] fare

[38] assassináre

[39] uffiziále

[40] corrótto

[41] a questo effétto

[42] disonóre

[43] nome

[44] pericolóso

[45] accendérsi

[46] ricevúto

[47] Segidénsi

[48] alleáto

[49] scampáto

[50] mano

[51] comandáto

[52] consegnáre

[53] rifuggiáto

[54] cédere

[55] arma

[56] ricusáre

[57] benchè

[58] inferióre

[59] número

[60] forza

[61] fare

[62] valente

[63] resisténza

[64] anno

[65] armáta

[66] M. Popílio

[67] tagliata fuori

[68] seguénte

[69] trenta

[70] mila

[71] sconfitto

[72] disastro

[73] seguíto

[74] vergognóso

[75] pace

[76] ricusáre

[77] ratificáre

[78] perciò

[79] consegnáto

[80] ricévere

[81] alla fine

[82] vinto

[83] battáglia campále

[84] distrútto

[85] rinchiúso

[86] muro

[87] ridótto

[88] estréma disperazióne

[89] uccidérsi

[90] spianáto

[91] sollevazióne

[92] fondaziòne

[93] mentre

[94] ancóra

[95] Achei

[96] conquistáto

[97] Andrísco

[98] uómo

[99] bassa nascita

[100] preténdere

[101] Filíppo

[102] Perséo

[103] impadroníto

[104] Q. Cecílio Metéllo

[105] macéllo

[106] de’ suoí

[107] quindi

[108] cognóme

[109] Macedónico

[110] impegnáto

[111] Numantíno

[112] ribellióne

[113] schiávo

[114] Sirio

[115] che si chiamáva Euno

[116] fingere

[117] divíno

[118] ispirazióne

[119] invitáre

[120] arma

[121] libertà

[122] come se fosse

[123] órdine

[124] nume

[125] leváto

[126] poderóso

[127] armáta

[128] compósto

[129] vincere

[130] alla fine

[131] sconfítto

[132] Euméne

[133] Frígia

[134] zio

[135] morto

[136] governáto

[137] regno

[138] curatóre

[139] regnáre

[140] erede

[141] Aristónico

[142] cortigiana

[143] avendo a male

[144] impadronírsi

[145] tagliáre a pezzi

[146] vìnto

[147] termináto

[148] seguénte

[149] malincónico

[150] morte

[151] trováto

[152] letto

[153] sospétto

[154] avvelenáto

[155] moglie

[156] fare

[157] erede

[158] formidabile

[159] sedizióne

[160] tribúno

[161] popolo

[162] legge Agrária

[163] nissúno

[164] possédere

[165] júgero

[166] terra

[167] propórre

[168] danáro

[169] spartíre

[170] pariménte

[171] sollecitáre

[172] tribunáto

[173] inquietáto

[174] cosa

[175] órdine

[176] uccíso

[177] Campidóglio

[178] dove

[179] fuggíto

[180] salvézza

[181] fratéllo

[182] proseguíre

[183] diségno

[184] uccíso

[185] insiéme

[186] Galli

[187] di là dall’Alpi

[188] principiáre

[189] Allobrógi

[190] soggiogáre

[191] víncere

[192] battáglia

[193] veníre

[194] soddisfáre

[195] rilegáto

[196] província

[197] colónia

[198] mandáto

[199] quasi

[200] perpetuamente

[201] spesso

[202] fieramente percosso

[203] terríbile

[204] marciáre

[205] potére

[206] ottenére

[207] sito

[208] stabilírsi

[209] méttere in rotta

[210] sconfítto

[211] rotta

[212] memorábile

[213] altro

[214] saccheggiáre

[215] Tolósa

[216] paése

[217] portáre via

[218] libbra

[219] oro

[220] argénto

[221] pagáre

[222] sacrilégio

[223] totále

[224] distruzióne

[225] uccíso

[226] battáglia

[227] alleáto

[228] ottánta

[229] servitóre

[230] seguíre

[231] campo

[232] sessánta

[233] Ambróni

[234] distrutto

[235] fatto

[236] prigioniéro

[237] unitaménte

[238] facéndosi strada tra

[239] Nórico

[240] uccídere

[241] vittória

[242] coronare

[243] glória

[244] acquistáre

[245] intrapréso

[246] priváto

[247] cugíno

[248] nipotíno

[249] vita

[250] regno

[251] sostenere

[252] abbassáto

[253] finalménte

[254] affátto

[255] soggiogáto

[256] consegnato

[257] fuggíto per scampo

[258] condótto

[259] adornáre

[260] triónfo

[261] messo

[262] prigióne

[263] felíce

[264] progrésso

[265] império

[266] al di fuóri

[267] interrótto

[268] frequénte

[269] vergognóso

[270] disórdine

[271] nel paése

[272] cagionáto

[273] fatto

[274] passáre

[275] spartíre

[276] scacciáre

[277] esiliáre

[278] oppórre

[279] uccíso

[280] richiamáto

[281] esílio

[282] favoreggiáre

[283] desideróso

[284] restituíre

[285] antíco

[286] splendóre

[287] méttere

[288] esecuzióne

[289] mano

[290] spartíto

[291] fra

[292] cavaliére

[293] alleáto

[294] speránza

[295] cittadinanza romana

[296] non potére

[297] effettuáre

[298] incórrere

[299] ódio

[300] pugnaláto

[301] sapére

[302] impegnáto

[303] faticóso

[304] chiamáto

[305] Sociále

[306] Mársico

[307] autóre

[308] Latíno

[309] disgustáto

[310] dividere

[311] fatíca

[312] perícolo

[313] esclúso

[314] onóre

[315] dignità

[316] stato

[317] deluso

[318] ottenére

[319] libertà

[320] procuráre

[321] spuntáre

[322] forza

[323] colle buóne

[324] tentáre

[325] Férie

[326] assassináre

[327] cosa

[328] scopérto

[329] apertaménte

[330] rivoltársi

[331] uccídere

[332] Fontéjo

[333] Ascolo

[334] continuáto

[335] vario

[336] succésso

[337] Pompeo Strabóne

[338] magno

[339] distínguersi

[340] occasióne

[341] forzáre

[342] obbediénza

[343] trionfáre

[344] cagióne

[345] pariménte

[346] luogotenénte

[347] ottenére

[348] consoláto

[349] termináre

[350] accendérsi

[351] Mitridáte

[352] uccíso

[353] sorélla

[354] maríto

[355] nome

[356] impossessáto

[357] abbandonáre

[358] ingiustaménte

[359] nomináto

[360] domínio

[361] ristabilíto

[362] scacciáto

[363] come pure lo fu

[364] ricuperáre

[365] decréto

[366] offéso

[367] invádere

[368] sconfíggere

[369] uccídere

[370] per tutta

[371] sottoporre

[372] Trácia

[373] Grécia

[374] Aténe

[375] marciáre

[376] pigliáre

[377] sconfíggere

[378] patto

[379] abbandonáre

CHAP. VII.

(Of the World, 3966—Of Rome, 666.)

Marius, [1]though now [2]broken with [3]age and years, yet being very [4]ambitious of getting [5]employed against Mithridates, could not [6]bear with patience the [7]bestowing that [8]province upon Sylla. [9]Wherefore he [10]prevailed by the [11]means of C. Sulpicius, the tribune of the people, to have it [12]taken from Sylla, and bestowed upon himself. At which Sylla being [13]enraged, [14]seized upon the city, and having [15]slain Sulpicius, [16]obliged Marius to [17]fly. In his [18]absence, Cinna the consul, making a [19]disturbance, was [20]driven out of the city, and being [21]joined by Marius, Carbo, and Sertorius, [22]assaulted Rome; which, having [23]taken, [24]he put a great many of the Romans [25]to the sword. Marius [26]died a natural death the year following.

Sylla having made peace with Mithridates, [27]returned into Italy, and [28]made an end of the civil war in two years time, by the [29]defeat of Carbo, Norbanus, young Marius, and others; and being [30]declared [31]dictator, [32]took off a great many of Marius’s party by means of a [33]proscription. Q. Sertorius [34]retired into Farther Spain, where he [35]held out for some years very [36]valiantly.

Sylla having in the year 675 [37]laid down the [38]dictatorship, died the year following of the [39]lousy [40]disease, in the sixtieth year of his [41]age. After his death, Lepidus the consul, [42]endeavouring to [43]annul the [44]acts of Sylla, was [45]forced out of the city by his [46]colleague Catulus. And the year following [47]advancing up to the city with an [48]army, he was defeated by the same Catulus and Cn. Pompey, and [49]fled into [50]Sardinia, where he [51]fell ill and died. The same Pompey being [52]sent into Spain against Sertorius, [53]performed no important things; but the latter being [54]treacherously [55]slain by his own people, he [56]easily [57]recovered that province in the year 681.

In the mean time the war with Mithridates [58]broke out again, while Sylla was yet living; and after Sylla’s death, Mithridates having [59]entered into an [60]alliance with Sertorius, [61]seized by force of arms upon Bithynia, which Nicomedes at his death in 679, had [62]left to the Roman people. L. Lucullus consul, in 680, [63]went against him, and being very [64]successful both by [65]sea and [66]land, he [67]obliged him to fly, first into [68]Pontus, and soon after to [69]Tigranes in Armenia. Lucullus [70]conquered Pontus, and defeated both the kings who [71]engaged him with an army of two hundred thousand [72]foot and sixty thousand [73]horse, in the year of the city 685. After this, Tigranocerta, the capital of Armenia, and [74]Nisibis, two very great cities, were [75]taken. But this excellent general being [76]forsaken by his men, was [77]obliged to [78]leave the [79]fruit of his [80]toil and [81]victories to Cn. Pompey, in the year 688. He having [82]forced Tigranes to [83]surrender, obliged him to be [84]satisfied with Armenia; and whilst he [85]pursued Mithridates, he [86]added the [87]Iberians and [88]Albanians to the Roman empire, in the year 689. [89]Finally, Mithridates, in the year 691, being [90]every where [91]beaten, [92]thought of [93]flying into [94]Gaul, but being [95]discouraged by the [96]revolt of his son [97]Pharnaces and the army, he [98]slew himself.

Whilst the war with Mithridates was [99]warmly [100]carried on, there [101]broke out another with the [102]slaves, in the year of the city 681. One [103]Spartacus Ænomanus, and [104]Crixus, [105]gladiators, having [106]broken up a [107]school of gladiators at Capua, [108]belonging to Lentulus, and [109]assembled an army of [110]desperadoes, [111]routed the Roman armies several times, but at last were [112]vanquished by Crassus the prætor, and Pompey, in the year 685.

Pompey [113]likewise [114]subdued the [115]pirates, who, at the [116]instigation of Mithridates, [117]infested the seas, having an [118]extraordinary [119]commission [120]for that purpose by the [121]Gabinian law. Whilst Pompey was [122]enlarging the Roman empire [123]abroad, the [124]head of the empire was in no small [125]danger from a [126]conspiracy which [127]Cataline, [128]Lentulus the prætor, [129]Cethegus, and other senators, had [130]entered into, to [131]murder the consul [132]Cicero, and to [133]burn and [134]plunder the city. But their [135]designs were [136]prevented by the [137]vigilance of the consul. Catiline being [138]forced out of the city, [139]repaired to the army, which some of his [140]accomplices had [141]collected. Lentulus, and the rest of the [142]ringleaders of the [143]plot were put to death. This [144]happened in the year 691, and the following year Cataline was [145]defeated by [146]Petreius [147]Antony the proconsul’s [148]lieutenant, and [149]slain in the [150]fight.

The whole [151]world being now almost [152]subdued, the Roman empire was [153]arrived to that [154]grandeur, that it could [155]hardly [156]extend itself farther. No [157]outward [158]force was [159]sufficient to [160]ruin it; it [161]fell by its own [162]power, which was [163]occasioned by the [164]ambition of the [165]leading men, and the civil [166]contests that [167]arose from thence.

C. Cæsar, after the time of his [168]prætorship in the city was [169]expired, [170]obtained the province of Lusitania; and by the great feats he [171]performed there, [172]deserved well the honor of a [173]triumph; but [174]postponed the [175]hopes of that to the [176]consular [177]dignity; for which, [178]while he made all [179]possible [180]interest, Pompey [181]united with Cæsar and Crassus, while Lucullus and some others of the [182]grandees, [183]opposing his [184]acts, which he [185]desired might be [186]ratified by the senate. Thus Cæsar [187]gained the [188]consulship in the year 695, in which he [189]established the acts of Pompey by the senate, and [190]divided the [191]public [192]lands in Campania amongst the [193]citizens. He [194]married his daughter Julia to Pompey, and [195]took Calphurnia, the daughter of [196]Piso [197]as a wife. Having by these [198]arts, and a [199]boundless [200]generosity, [201]gained the [202]favor of all [203]ranks and [204]degrees of men, he [205]procured the province of Gaul, which he [206]governed for nine years; during which time he [207]reduced all Gaul, that is [208]comprehended within the [209]Pyrenean mountains, the [210]Alps, the Rhone, and the [211]Rhine, in the [212]form of a province, and [213]imposed a [214]yearly [215]tribute upon it. He was the first of all the Romans that [216]attacked the [217]Germans [218]beyond the Rhine. He likewise [219]visited the [220]Britons, where [221]none before him had ever [222]come. In this [223]interval, in the year 698, he [224]entered into an [225]association with Pompey and Crassus; by [226]virtue of which he was to have Gaul [227]continued to him. Pompey was to have [228]Spain, and Crassus Syria, in order to a war against the [229]Parthians; to which he [230]accordingly [231]went in the year 699, and the third year after, [232]perished most [233]miserably, with the greater [234]part of his army; after which the Parthians made an [235]irruption into Syria, but were [236]bravely [237]repulsed by Cassius.

After the death of Crassus, Pompey not being able to [238]endure an [239]equal, nor Cæsar a [240]superior, the civil war broke out. Pompey’s [241]party [242]endeavouring to [243]take away from Cæsar both his army and province, as soon as the time of his [244]government should [245]expire; whilst Cæsar’s on the other [246]hand were for [247]treating Pompey [248]in like manner. At last in the year 705, in the [249]consulship of C. Claudius Marcellus, and L. Cornelius Lentulus, the senate, by a [250]vote, obliged Cæsar to [251]disband his army by a certain day. Antonius and Cassius, tribunes of the people, [252]interposing their [253]authority in vain, [254]left the town, and [255]repaired to Cæsar, who [256]advancing his army towards the city, [257]struck such a [258]consternation into Pompey and the rest, that [259]leaving the city [260]without much ado, and [261]shortly after Italy, they [262]passed over into [263]Greece. Cæsar went to Spain, where he [264]vanquished Petreius and Afranius, and [265]forced their armies to [266]surrender [267]prisoners of war. In his [268]return he [269]took [270]Marseilles, and after that was made dictator, to which [271]office he was [272]chosen four times, and at last had it [273]given him for [274]life.

In the year 706, Pompey being [275]defeated by Cæsar in the [276]fields of [277]Pharsalia, went to [278]Egypt, where he was slain by the [279]order of [280]Ptolemy, in the 59th year of his [281]age. Hither Cæsar [282]likewise [283]came the following year, and after a very [284]dangerous [285]rencounter, which he [286]happily [287]accomplished, [288]delivered the [289]kingdom of Egypt to Cleopatra and her brother. In the year following he vanquished Scipio and Cato, with king Juba, in Africa. Cato [290]laid violent hands upon himself at Utica. The year that [291]followed was [292]remarkable for the [293]correction of the [294]calendar and the year. The same year likewise he [295]conquered Pompey’s sons; and the year after was [296]stabbed in the [297]senate house, by a [298]conspiracy of Brutus and Cassius, and some others, in the 56th year of his age.

Besides these [299]convulsions, with which the whole [300]world was [301]shattered, there were some less [302]disturbances [303]happened a little before. [304]Clodius Pulcher being [305]made tribune of the people, [306]banished Cicero, for having [307]condemned the [308]associates of Cataline to death without a [309]trial; which [310]calamity he [311]bore too [312]meanly, and [313]by no means [314]agreeable to the [315]dignity of his past life. But he was [316]recalled the year after by the [317]interposition of Pompey, and Lentulus the consul, and [318]received with the greatest [319]honor. The same Clodius [320]declared [321]Cyprus to [322]belong to the Roman people, and Cato being [323]sent to [324]take possession of it, Ptolemy, king of the [325]island, after first [326]throwing all his [327]money into the sea, [328]prevented his [329]disgrace by a [330]voluntary death. The senate [331]bestowed the [332]prætorship upon Cato at his [333]return, by a [334]vote of the house, without any [335]election; which honor he [336]refused, being [337]desirous to [338]obtain it rather by the [339]free [340]votes of the people. But he was [341]disappointed in his [342]hopes, and Vatinius was [343]preferred to him.

[344]Bribery [345]ruling in [346]all [347]elections, and the [348]candidates making a most [349]dismal [350]confusion, after a long [351]interregnum, Pompey was made consul, without a [352]colleague, a thing [353]wholly new, and never heard of before; in which office he made a [354]severe [355]inquiry into all other [356]misdemeanors, as likewise into the death of Clodius, whom Milo [357]killed the same year, and for which he was [358]banished.

After the death of Cæsar, Antony the consul so [359]inflamed the people by [360]a seditious [361]harangue, that they [362]burnt his [363]body [364]publicly, and [365]threatened to set fire, and [366]pull down the houses of the [367]assassins. Octavius Cæsar, the son of Accia [368]Julius’s sister, was his [369]adopted son by [370]will. He being [371]slighted by M. Antony, [372]raised an army of [373]veteran soldiers, and [374]opposed his [375]tyrannical [376]proceedings. Antonius [377]extorted from the people by force the province of Gaul, but his [378]passage there was opposed by D. Brutus at Modena, where he was [379]besieged by Antony.

In the [380]consulship of [381]Hirtius and Pansa, in the year of the city 711, at the [382]instigation of Cicero Antony was [383]declared [384]enemy, and a war [385]undertaken against him; when Octavius [386]joined in [387]commission with the consuls, with the [388]power of proconsul, being then about the 20th year of his age. There was a [389]dreadful and [390]bloody [391]battle [392]fought near Modena, in which all Cæsar’s [393]life-guards were slain; but Antony was routed, and the [394]siege [395]raised, yet both the consuls were killed.

In Macedon, Brutus [396]took off C. Antonius, M. Antony’s brother, who was [397]intriguing against him, and [398]got together a [399]formidable army. Upon which the senate [400]resolved by [401]degrees to [402]take down Octavius, [403]for fear of his [404]growing too [405]powerful; which he being [406]apprehensive of, [407]he entered into an [408]association with Antony and Lepidus; and [409]consequently they were all three made [410]commissioners [411]for settling the [412]republic. They having [413]divided the whole [414]empire into three parts, [415]proscribed a great many of the Romans, and amongst the rest M. [416]Tully Cicero, who, whilst he was [417]endeavouring to [418]make his escape into Greece, was killed by Pompilius, a [419]captain, whose [420]cause he had [421]pleaded in a capital [422]action. There was a [423]dreadful [424]havoc made in this [425]proscription. The [426]Epitome of Livy speaks of no less than an hundred and thirty senators; the same year, [427]gave [428]beginning to one of the finest cities of France, [429]Lyons.

The year following, Octavius and Antony [430]fought a battle with M. Brutus and the [431]principal of the [432]conspirators, near the city of Philippi. The [433]right [434]wings were [435]victorious on both [436]sides, and on both sides the [437]camps were [438]plundered. But Cassius, who was in the wing that was [439]routed, [440]giving up all for lost, [441]slew himself. Brutus, being [442]defeated in another [443]engagement, likewise put an end to his own life, being then thirty-seven years of age, and none of Cæsar’s [444]assassins [445]lived above three years after, being all [446]taken off by a [447]violent death, as [448]Suetonius says; some too [449]killed themselves with the same [450]dagger with which they had slain Cæsar.

After the [451]victory, Antony [452]went to Asia, and Octavius to Italy; where he [453]was engaged in a war with L. Antony, the brother of the [454]triumvir, and his [455]wife Fulvia, a [456]woman of a [457]manly [458]spirit. He forced Lucius from the town; after which, being [459]declared an enemy, he [460]besieged him in Perusia, and obliged him to [461]surrender. In the mean time, the Parthians being [462]invited by Labienus, one of Pompey’s party, made an [463]irruption into Syria, whom Ventidius, after a very [464]signal [465]overthrow, in which the king was slain, [466]drove out again, and [467]recovered Syria.

S. Pompey, Cneius’s son, having a [468]fleet at his [469]command, [470]infested the seas. Cæsar made with him a peace, which was [471]soon [472]broken. [473]An engagement [474]followed, wherein Pompey was [475]worsted, and [476]forced to [477]fly. He was soon after [478]put to death by [479]order of M. Antony, under whose [480]protection he had put himself. About this time Antony made an [481]attempt upon the Parthians, by whom he was most [482]shamefully [483]beaten. At last Antony being [484]entirely [485]devoted to his Cleopatra, [486]divorced Octavia, Cæsar’s sister, and [487]declared war against him, in which he was at last defeated by sea near [488]Actium, a [489]promontory of [490]Epirus. Cæsar had upwards of 400 [491]ships, and Antony about 200, but so [492]prodigiously [493]large, that they [494]looked like [495]castles and cities [496]moving through the sea. The [497]flight of Cleopatra [498]turned the [499]fate of a [500]dubious [501]engagement into the [502]ruin of Antony; he followed her into Egypt, and being [503]besieged in Alexandria, he [504]slew himself, and Cleopatra soon [505]followed his [506]example.

FOOTNOTES

[1] benchè

[2] affievolito

[3] vecchiája

[4] ambizióne

[5] impiegáto

[6] tolleráre

[7] affidare

[8] província

[9] perciò

[10] ottenére

[11] mezzo

[12] leváre

[13] sdegnáto

[14] impossessársi

[15] uccíso

[16] forzáre

[17] fuggíre

[18] assénza

[19] distúrbo

[20] scacciàto

[21] unito

[22] assaltáre

[23] preso

[24] méttere

[25] a fil di spada

[26] moríre

[27] tornáre

[28] conclúdere

[29] rotta

[30] dichiaráto

[31] dittatore

[32] si disfece di

[33] proscrizióne

[34] ritirársi

[35] sostenere

[36] coraggiosaménte

[37] rassegnáto

[38] dettatúra

[39] pediculare

[40] morbo

[41] età

[42] procuráre

[43] annulláre

[44] atto

[45] scacciáto

[46] colléga

[47] accostársi

[48] armáta

[49] fuggíre

[50] Sardégna

[51] ammalársi

[52] mandáto

[53] eseguíre

[54] proditoriaménte

[55] uccíso

[56] facilménte

[57] ricuperáre

[58] accendérsi

[59] entráto

[60] alleánza

[61] impadroníto

[62] lasciáto

[63] andáre

[64] fortunáto

[65] mare

[66] terra

[67] forzare

[68] Ponto

[69] Tigràne

[70] conquistáre

[71] attaccáre

[72] infantéria

[73] cavallería

[74] Nísibi

[75] preso

[76] abbandonáto

[77] obbligáto

[78] lasciáre

[79] frutto

[80] fatíca

[81] vittória

[82] forzáto

[83] arrendérsi

[84] contentarsi

[85] incalzáre

[86] aggiúngere

[87] Ibérj

[88] Albanési

[89] finalménte

[90] dappertútto

[91] battúto

[92] pensáre

[93] fuggíre

[94] Gállia

[95] scoraggíto

[96] rivólta

[97] Farnáce

[98] ammazzársi

[99] vigorosaménte

[100] continuáto

[101] accéndersi

[102] schiávo

[103] Spartáco Enománo

[104] Crisso

[105] gladiatóre

[106] disfatto

[107] scuóla

[108] appartenére

[109] radunáto

[110] disperáto

[111] sconfíggere

[112] vinto

[113] pariménte

[114] soggiogáre

[115] corsáro

[116] istigazióne

[117] infestáre

[118] straordinário

[119] commissióne

[120] a questo effétto

[121] Gabiáno

[122] aggrandíre

[123] fuóri

[124] capitale

[125] perícolo

[126] cospirazióne

[127] Catilína

[128] Léntulo

[129] Cetégo

[130] fare

[131] uccídere

[132] Ciceróne

[133] abbruciáre

[134] saccheggiáre

[135] diségno

[136] impedíto

[137] vigilánza

[138] scacciáto

[139] trasferírsi

[140] cómplice

[141] radunáto

[142] capo

[143] congiúra

[144] succédere

[145] sconfítto

[146] Petrejo

[147] António

[148] luogotenénte

[149] uccíso

[150] battáglia

[151] mondo

[152] soggiogáto

[153] arriváto

[154] grandézza

[155] appéna

[156] estendérsi

[157] estérno

[158] forza

[159] bastánte

[160] rovináre

[161] cadére

[162] potére

[163] cagionáto

[164] ambizióne

[165] principále

[166] contésa

[167] deriváre

[168] pretura

[169] spiráto

[170] ottenére

[171] eseguíre

[172] meritáre

[173] triónfo

[174] pospórre

[175] aspettativa

[176] consoláre

[177] dignità

[178] mentre

[179] possíbile

[180] diligenza

[181] unírsi

[182] grande

[183] oppórsi

[184] atto

[185] desideráre

[186] ratificáto

[187] ottenére

[188] consoláto

[189] fece ratificáre dal senato

[190] divídere

[191] terre della

[192] repubblica

[193] cittadíno

[194] maritáre

[195] préndere

[196] Pisóne

[197] in qualità di móglie

[198] arte

[199] imménso

[200] generosità

[201] guadagnáre

[202] favóre

[203] degli uomini di qualunque rango

[204] grado

[205] procuráre

[206] governáre

[207] debelláre

[208] compréso

[209] Pirenéi

[210] Alpi

[211] Reno

[212] forma

[213] impórre

[214] annuále

[215] tribúto

[216] attaccáre

[217] Tedeschi

[218] di là

[219] visitáre

[220] Británno

[221] niúno

[222] venúto

[223] intervállo

[224] entráre

[225] confederazióne

[226] virtù

[227] continuáre

[228] Spagna

[229] Parti

[230] in conseguénza

[231] andáre

[232] períre

[233] miseraménte

[234] parte

[235] incursióne

[236] valorosaménte

[237] rispinto

[238] tolleráre

[239] eguále

[240] superióre

[241] partíto

[242] cercáre

[243] leváre

[244] govérno

[245] spiráre

[246] canto

[247] trattáre

[248] nell’ istésso modo

[249] consoláto

[250] decreto

[251] licenziáre

[252] interpórre

[253] autorità

[254] lasciáre

[255] trasferírsi

[256] accostáre

[257] riempíre

[258] costernazióne

[259] abbandonáre

[260] senz’ altro

[261] poco dopo

[262] passáre

[263] Grécia

[264] víncere

[265] forzáre

[266] arrendérsi

[267] prigioniéro

[268] ritórno

[269] préndere

[270] Marsíglia

[271] uffízio

[272] scelto

[273] dato

[274] vita

[275] sconfítto

[276] campo

[277] Farságli

[278] Egítto

[279] ordine

[280] Toloméo

[281] età

[282] pure

[283] veníre

[284] pericolóso

[285] fatto d’armi

[286] fortunataménte

[287] fu vittorioso

[288] consegnáre

[289] regno

[290] uccidérsi

[291] seguíre

[292] segnalato

[293] correzióne

[294] calendário

[295] vincere

[296] pugnaláto

[297] senáto

[298] cospirazióne

[299] convulsióne

[300] mondo

[301] conturbato

[302] distúrbo

[303] succédere

[304] Clódio Pulcro

[305] fatto

[306] esiliáre

[307] condannáto

[308] complice

[309] procésso

[310] calamità

[311] soffríre

[312] vilménte

[313] in nissún conto

[314] come si conveniva

[315] dignità

[316] richiamáto

[317] interposizióne

[318] ricévere

[319] onóre

[320] dichiaráre

[321] Cipro

[322] appartenére

[323] mandáto

[324] impossessársi

[325] ísola

[326] gettáto

[327] danaro

[328] prevenire

[329] disgrázia

[330] volontária

[331] accordáre

[332] dignità di pretóre

[333] ritórno

[334] per votazione dell’assemblea

[335] elezióne

[336] rifiutáre

[337] desideróso

[338] ottenére

[339] libero

[340] suffragio

[341] frustráto

[342] speránza

[343] preferíto

[344] corruzióne

[345] domináre

[346] tutto

[347] elezióne

[348] candidáto

[349] rattristante

[350] confusióne

[351] interregno

[352] colléga

[353] affátto

[354] sevéro

[355] perquisizióne

[356] delítto

[357] uccídere

[358] bandíto

[359] accéndere

[360] sedizióso

[361] arrínga

[362] incendiáre

[363] corpo

[364] pubblicaménte

[365] minacciáre

[366] demolíre

[367] assassíno

[368] Giúlio

[369] adottáto

[370] testaménto

[371] sprezzáto

[372] leváre

[373] veteráno

[374] oppórre

[375] tiránnico

[376] portaménto

[377] strappáre

[378] passággio

[379] assediáto

[380] consoláto

[381] Írzio

[382] istigazióne

[383] dichiaráto

[384] nemíco

[385] intrapréso

[386] unírsi

[387] commissióne

[388] potére

[389] terribile

[390] sanguinóso

[391] battáglia

[392] dato

[393] soldáto della guárdia

[394] assedio

[395] leváto

[396] uccídere

[397] cabalizzare

[398] radunáre

[399] formidábile

[400] risólvere

[401] a poco a poco

[402] abbassáre

[403] per timóre che

[404] diventáre

[405] poténte

[406] timoróso

[407] entráre

[408] lega

[409] conseguenteménte

[410] commissionário

[411] regolare

[412] repúbblica

[413] divíso

[414] império

[415] proscrívere

[416] Túllio Ciceróne

[417] procuráre

[418] scampáre

[419] capitáno

[420] causa

[421] diféndere

[422] procésso

[423] orréndo

[424] strage

[425] proscrizióne

[426] sommário

[427] dare

[428] princípio

[429] Lióne

[430] dare

[431] principále

[432] congiuráto

[433] ala

[434] dritto

[435] vittorióso

[436] parte

[437] campo

[438] saccheggiáto

[439] sconfítto

[440] crédere

[441] uccidérsi

[442] rotto

[443] conflítto

[444] assassino

[445] vívere

[446] perire

[447] violénto

[448] Suetónio

[449] uccidérsi

[450] stilétto

[451] vittória

[452] partíre

[453] veníre alle armi

[454] triumvíro

[455] moglie

[456] donna

[457] virile

[458] spírito

[459] dichiaráto

[460] assediáre

[461] arrendérsi

[462] invitáto

[463] scorrería

[464] segnaláto

[465] sconfítta

[466] scacciáre

[467] ricuperáre

[468] flotta

[469] comándo

[470] infestáre

[471] présto

[472] rotto

[473] combattiménto

[474] seguíre

[475] malmenato

[476] forzáto

[477] fuggíre

[478] messo

[479] cenno

[480] protezióne

[481] intraprésa

[482] ignominiosamente

[483] battúto

[484] affátto

[485] dedicáto

[486] ripudiáre

[487] dichiaráre

[488] Azio

[489] promontório

[490] Epíro

[491] vascéllo

[492] prodigiosaménte

[493] grande

[494] rassomigliáre

[495] castéllo

[496] muóvere

[497] fuga

[498] cambiáre

[499] sorte

[500] dubbióso

[501] battáglia

[502] rovína

[503] assediáto

[504] ammazzársi

[505] seguíre

[506] esémpio

CHAP. VIII.

(Of Rome, 725—Of Christ, 11.)

After the death of Antony and Cleopatra, [1]Egypt was [2]reduced to the [3]form of a [4]province. Cæsar, in the year 725, [5]triumphed three times, for the [6]conquest of [7]Dalmatia, the victory at Actium, and the [8]reducing of Egypt. After which he [9]advised with Agrippa and Mecænas, either [10]seriously, or [11]pretendedly, about the [12]laying down of his [13]authority; Agrippa was for it, Mecænas against it; this last [14]advice he [15]resolved to follow, but [16]brought a [17]bill [18]nevertheless into the senate [19]to divest himself of his power, and by that [20]stratagem got it [21]secured to him both by the senate and the people, in the year 726.

[22]Cornelius Gallus, a [23]Roman [24]knight, [25]governor of Egypt, being [26]banished for his [27]insolence, slew himself. Augustus [28]carried on a war against the Cantabri and Austus for some years, by his [29]lieutenants: that is to say, from the year 729 to 735, in which they were entirely [30]reduced by Agrippa; who, upon his [31]return [32]refused a [33]triumph which was [34]offered him. [35]Phraates, king of the Parthians, about this time [36]restored the Roman [37]standards that had been [38]taken from Crassus.

For two of his [39]friends, Mecænas and M. Vipsanius Agrippa, he had a [40]particular [41]esteem above all others; the [42]former was a great [43]patron of [44]learning and [45]learned men. Augustus made Agrippa his [46]son-in-law, by [47]marrying his daughter Julia to him, whom he had by Scribonia. She had children, C. and L. Cæsars, Agrippa Posthumus, Agrippina married to Germanicus, Drusus’s son, Livia’s [48]grandson, and Julia, whom Æmilius married. He took Livia, when she was [49]big with child, by her former [50]husband Tiberius Nero, by whom he had no [51]issue, though she had by Nero, Tiberius, who was emperor afterwards, and Drusus who [52]died in Germany.

Tiberius having gotten the [53]tribunitial [54]power for five years, was [55]sent to [56]settle the [57]affairs of Armenia. Soon after he [58]retired to Rhodes, where, for fear of [59]falling under the [60]displeasure of his [61]step-sons, he [62]continued seven years. But the [63]occasion of his [64]retirement was his [65]aversion for his wife Julia, who [66]spent her time in all [67]manner of [68]debauchery. Augustus, upon a [69]discovery of her [70]pranks, [71]banished her.

The [72]age of this emperor [73]produced several great [74]men: amongst the [75]Greeks [76]Dionysius Halicarnassensis and [77]Nicholas Damascenus were [78]famous for their [79]talents in writing [80]history; and amongst the [81]Latins [82]Cornelius Nepos, Atticus’s [83]son-in-law, and Sallust, who died four years before the [84]battle of Actium. In this age lived likewise those [85]celebrated [86]poets, [87]Virgil, [88]Horace, [89]Ovid, [90]Tibullus, and [91]Propertius.

Augustus died at Nola, in Campania, in the 14th year of [92]Christ, and the 76th year of his age, having [93]held the empire by himself, from the death of M. Antony, forty-three years; he was an [94]excellent [95]prince, and [96]necessary for those times.

He was [97]succeeded by Tiberius, a prince of a [98]savage [99]disposition, and [100]given up to all manner of debauchery; he was the son of Livia by Nero. He [101]dissembled his [102]vices at the [103]beginning of his reign with [104]wonderful [105]art, through fear of Germanicus, his brother’s son, whom he had [106]adopted at the [107]command of his [108]father-in-law. For, as he [109]gained a great [110]reputation by his [111]virtues and [112]exploits in war, he was [113]looked upon with a [114]jealous eye, as [115]fitter for the empire than himself. He [116]removed him from Germany where he had [117]wonderful [118]success against the enemy, into the [119]East, to [120]fight against the Parthians, in the year 769, having sent at the same time Cn. Piso into Syria, between whom and Germanicus was a [121]mortal enmity. Wherefore Germanicus died, not without the [122]suspicion of having been [123]poisoned by him, for which being [124]prosecuted at Rome by Agrippina, the wife of Germanicus, he [125]prevented his [126]sentence by a [127]voluntary death.

[128]Ælius Sejanus, a Roman [129]knight, was afterwards [130]raised by Tiberius, who after a great many [131]wicked [132]actions, [133]aiming now at no less than the empire itself, was, by a [134]letter of Tiberius to the senate, [135]thrown from the [136]top of all his [137]grandeur, and died by the [138]hand of an [139]executioner, with all his [140]family, in the 18th year of Tiberius.

About the 18th year of his [141]reign, he [142]retired to Caprea, an [143]island on the [144]coast of Campania, with a [145]design of never returning to the town, where he [146]privately [147]wallowed in all manner of [148]debauchery, and died in the 23rd year of his reign, to the great [149]joy of every one, being then in the 78th year of his age.

[150]Jesus Christ, the son of God, was [151]born of the [152]Virgin Mary, in the reign of Augustus, and [153]crucified in that of Tiberius, being then thirty-three years of age.

Caius Cæsar Caligula, so [154]called from a [155]shoe [156]worn by the [157]soldiery, which, when a boy, he [158]wore in the camp, [159]succeeded Tiberius, being the son of Germanicus and Agrippina, the daughter of M. Agrippa and Julia. He was [160]entered into the five and twentieth year of his age. Great was the joy of the people upon his first [161]accession to the [162]throne, and no less were their [163]hopes that he would be [164]like Germanicus his father, who is said to have been [165]possessed of all the good [166]qualities of [167]body and [168]mind. And indeed as the worst of princes frequently [169]begin well, he gave many [170]signs of his [171]moderation and [172]regard to the good of the public. But soon after, as if he had [173]put off all [174]humanity, he [175]outstripped the most savage [176]creatures in [177]cruelty; and having made sad [178]havoc among all [179]ranks and [180]degrees of men, he [181]killed likewise Macro, [182]commander of the [183]prætorian [184]bands, by whose [185]means he had been made emperor. He also [186]committed [187]crimes with his sisters. Having in a year’s time [188]exhausted [189]immense [190]treasures that had been [191]left by Tiberius, he [192]fell to [193]proscribing and [194]plundering. Among other proofs of his cruelty, he was [195]heard to say, I [196]wish the Roman people had but one [197]neck. In all his [198]buildings, or public [199]works, he [200]effected what was [201]looked upon to be impossible. He [202]ordered himself to be [203]worshipped as a god throughout the [204]world, and [205]temples to be [206]erected to him. At last, he was slain by Chærea Cassius, [207]tribune of a [208]cohort of his [209]guards, and some others, who had [210]entered into a [211]plot against him, after he had [212]reigned three years, ten months, and eight days, and [213]lived twenty-nine years.

Claudius Nero, Caligula’s uncle, and the son of Drusius [214]reigned after him, [215]naturally no bad man, but [216]senseless and foolish. He was not naturally [217]cruel, but only so when [218]instigated by others, [219]especially by his [220]freedmen and his [221]wives, into whose hands he [222]gave up himself and his [223]affairs. His first lady was Messalina, whose [224]depravity and [225]dissoluteness every body [226]knew but himself; till at last [227]venturing to [228]marry one Silius, a knight, she was by her [229]husband’s order slain, together with her [230]paramour, at the [231]instigation of [232]Narcissus, who with [233]Pallas, another of his [234]freedmen, [235]ruled him entirely.

Another [236]instance of his [237]folly is, that after Messalina was [238]put to death, by whom he had his son [239]Britannicus, and Octavia, he married Agrippina Germanicus his brother’s daughter, the mother of Nero by [240]Domitius, in the ninth year of his reign, by the [241]advice of Pallas: at whose and Agrippina’s [242]request, he [243]adopted Nero, and [244]passing by Britannicus, [245]designed him for his [246]successor. He [247]banished the [248]Jews from Rome, and the [249]mathematicians out of Italy: and [250]undertaking an [251]expedition into [252]Britain, he [253]subdued it all in sixteen days time, as Dio says, in the third year of his reign. He died in the year of Christ 54, by [254]poison [255]put in a [256]mushroom by Agrippina. He reigned thirteen years eight months and twenty days, and lived sixty-four years.

Domitius Nero, [257]mounted the throne after the death of his [258]step-father, being then seventeen years of age. He at first, [259]behaved himself in such a manner, that he might be [260]reckoned among the best of [261]princes; that is, as long as he [262]listened to the [263]precepts of his [264]master Seneca. Afterwards, being [265]corrupted with [266]luxury and [267]flattery, he [268]became more like a [269]monster than a man. He [270]stopped the progress of the Parthians, who had [271]over-run Armenia, by Corbulo, a [272]gallant [273]commander, and a person of great [274]virtue and [275]authority, who [276]recovered Armenia, in the ninth year of Nero, and [277]obliged [278]Tiridates, Volegesis king of the Parthians brother, to [279]come to Rome, and to [280]beg his [281]crown of Nero, in the thirteenth year of Nero’s reign; in which year he [282]recalled Corbulo, and put him to death. He [283]destroyed Britannicus by [284]poison in the very [285]beginning of his reign. He likewise [286]ordered his mother Agrippina to be put to death, after having first [287]disgraced and [288]banished her from the [289]court, which [290]parricide, that nothing might be [291]wanting to [292]complete the [293]unhappiness of the times, the Senate [294]approved of. Afterwards having married Poppæa, whom he [295]took from Otho, he [296]banished Octavia, and at last put her to death. Upon the [297]discovery of a [298]plot, which Piso, and some others had [299]laid against him; he put to death the [300]poet Lucan, and Seneca the philosopher, with several others, in the year of Christ 65, and the same year he [301]kicked his wife Poppæa, when [302]pregnant, [303]to death. He had the [304]impudence to [305]appear upon the [306]stage, and [307]act amongst the [308]players and [309]harpers, and [310]ride [311]chariot-races at the [312]Circensian games; and to [313]represent for his [314]diversion the [315]appearance of [316]Troy in [317]flames, he [318]set fire to the city, and [319]imputed it to the [320]Christians. He [321]became so odious and [322]contemptible by his [323]villanies, that he was [324]forsaken by all, and being [325]sought for in order to be [326]punished, he [327]performed the [328]executioner’s [329]office upon himself, in the 14th year of his [330]reign, and 68th of our Lord.

A little before Nero’s death, [331]C. Julius Vindex, who was [332]proprætor of Gaul, [333]openly [334]rebelled, and [335]persuaded Sergius Galba, [336]governor of Spain, to [337]set up for emperor, which he accordingly did, and [338]put Vindex to death presently after. He reigned about seven months, being very [339]old. He was slain together with Piso, whom he had [340]adopted, after M. Silvius Otho was [341]proclaimed emperor; he reigned only about three months.

In the mean time, Vitellius [342]trusting to the [343]legions of Germany, which he [344]commanded in [345]quality of a [346]consular [347]lieutenant-general, [348]took upon him the [349]name of emperor, and [350]defeated Otho’s army in a [351]rencounter near [352]Bebriacum, who being [353]weary of a civil war, killed himself.

Vitellius reigned eight months after Otho, and was [354]succeeded by Vespasian, who had been [355]sent by Nero to [356]quell the [357]Jews. He reigned ten years with the greatest [358]justice and [359]clemency. He was a great [360]encourager of [361]learning and [362]learned men. The only thing that was [363]blamed in him, was his [364]covetousness, which he used to [365]excuse, by [366]alleging the [367]emptiness of the [368]Exchequer.

The war in [369]Judea was [370]finished in his time, to which he was sent by Nero, as we have [371]already [372]said. It was [373]begun by some [374]seditious [375]people that were [376]headed by Eleazar, the son of Ananias, the [377]high-priest, who [378]took up arms against the Romans, under the [379]pretence of [380]religion. Cestius Gallus, [381]lieutenant of Syria, [382]laid siege to [383]Jerusalem, but was [384]beaten off with great [385]slaughter in the 12th year of Nero. The [386]victorious Jews upon their [387]return to Jerusalem, amongst other generals, [388]made choice of [389]Josephus, the son of [390]Matthias for one. In the year of Christ 67, Vespasian, [391]carrying his arms through Galilee and Judea, [392]took, besides most of their towns, Josephus their [393]commander, who [394]foretold his [395]rise. At last, he [396]fell upon Jerusalem, the [397]metropolis of the [398]nation, which was taken by his son Titus, in the second year of his reign.

This [399]proved the [400]ruin of the nation, and of the very name of the Jews. The [401]calamity was indeed so [402]violent, and the [403]miseries they [404]suffered so [405]various, that it was [406]visible they were [407]punished for the [408]horrid [409]murder of the [410]only begotten son of God; for a [411]dreadful [412]famine [413]forced the [414]besieged to [415]live on human [416]flesh; mothers to [417]eat their own children; and eleven hundred thousand [418]persons (a thing hardly ever [419]heard of before), [420]perished in that [421]siege. The city was [422]finally [423]razed to the ground. Vespasian, in the third year of his reign [424]triumphed, with his son Titus, over the Jews; upon which he [425]shut up the [426]temple of [427]Janus. He [428]died in his ninth [429]consulship whilst he was [430]giving [431]audience to some [432]ambassadors, having lived sixty-nine years, one month and seven days, and reigned eight years.

Titus, who [433]succeeded his father, is [434]deservedly [435]ranked among the best [436]emperors, although before he [437]came to the [438]empire, he was [439]thought a man of a cruel [440]temper, [441]covetous, and [442]depraved. But upon his [443]advancement, he was so much [444]altered for the better, that he [445]deserved the [446]title of the [447]delight of [448]mankind. He was [449]remarkable for great [450]mildness, and [451]easy temper, and never [452]sent any one away [453]dissatisfied; and [454]remembering once at [455]supper that he had [456]done nobody any [457]kindness that day, he told all those who were about him that he had [458]lost a day. In his reign, in the year of Christ 80, there was a [459]dreadful [460]eruption of [461]flames and [462]ashes out of [463]mount Vesuvius, which [464]flew as far as Africa, Syria, and Egypt; and the two towns of Pompeii and [465]Herculaneum[A] were [466]utterly [467]ruined by it. This good emperor died in the year of Christ 81, two years and three months after he had [468]succeeded his father, and in the one and fortieth year of his [469]age, not without the [470]suspicion of having been [471]poisoned by his [472]brother Domitian.

[A] The Manuscripts, Vases, &c. &c. which within the last few years have been found among the ruins of these places, are in the present day objects of great curiosity and interest.

Titus was very much [473]lamented both by the senate and people: and their [474]concern for his death was very much [475]increased by his brother and [476]successor Domitian, the worst prince of all that [477]came before, or [478]followed after him. At first he made some [479]show of [480]clemency and [481]justice, but soon [482]discovered his [483]temper, and [484]imitated Nero in [485]cruelty, [486]rapine, and [487]debauchery. He [488]ordered himself to be [489]called God, and was at last [490]destroyed by means of a [491]plot, in the year of Christ 96, after he had reigned fifteen years.

FOOTNOTES

[1] Egítto

[2] ridótto

[3] forma

[4] província

[5] trionfáre

[6] conquísta

[7] Dalmázia

[8] sommíssione

[9] consigliársi

[10] seriaménte

[11] fintaménte

[12] depórsi

[13] autorità

[14] consíglio

[15] risólvere

[16] presentáre

[17] dimanda

[18] nonostánte

[19] per rassegnare

[20] stratagémma

[21] assicurársi

[22] Cornélio Gallo

[23] Románo

[24] cavaliére

[25] governatóre

[26] esiliáto

[27] insolenza

[28] fare

[29] luogotenénte

[30] sottomessi

[31] ritórno

[32] ricusáre

[33] triónfo

[34] esibíto

[35] Fraate

[36] restituíre

[37] stendárdo

[38] preso

[39] amíco

[40] particoláre

[41] stima

[42] primo

[43] protettóre

[44] sciénza

[45] sapiénte

[46] género

[47] dare per moglíe

[48] nipóte

[49] grávida

[50] maríto

[51] progénie

[52] moríre

[53] tribunízio

[54] potére

[55] mandáto

[56] regoláre

[57] affáre

[58] ritirársi

[59] cadere

[60] dispiacére

[61] figliástro

[62] continuáre

[63] cagióne

[64] ritiratézza

[65] avversióne

[66] passáre

[67] sorta

[68] dissolutézza

[69] scopérta

[70] stravagánza

[71] bandíre

[72] sécolo

[73] prodúrre

[74] uomo

[75] Greco

[76] Dionísio Alicarnasséno

[77] Nicóla Damascéno

[78] célebre

[79] talénto

[80] istória

[81] Latino

[82] Cornélio Nepóte

[83] género

[84] battáglia

[85] célebre

[86] poéta

[87] Virgilio

[88] Orázio

[89] Ovídio

[90] Tibúllo

[91] Propérzio

[92] Cristo

[93] tenúto

[94] eccellénte

[95] príncipe

[96] necessário

[97] succédere

[98] salvático

[99] indole

[100] abbandonáto

[101] nascóndere

[102] vizio

[103] princípio

[104] maraviglióso

[105] arte

[106] adottáto

[107] comándo

[108] suócero

[109] acquistáre

[110] riputazióne

[111] virtù

[112] fatto d’arme

[113] risguardáto

[114] gelóso

[115] próprio

[116] rimuóvere

[117] maraviglióso

[118] succésso

[119] Levánte

[120] battersi

[121] rancóre mortále

[122] sospétto

[123] avvelenáto

[124] proseguíto

[125] preveníre

[126] senténza

[127] volontário

[128] Elio Sejáno

[129] cavaliére

[130] innalzáto

[131] malvaggio

[132] azióne

[133] aspiráre

[134] léttera

[135] precipitáto

[136] colmo

[137] grandézza

[138] mano

[139] carnéfice

[140] famiglia

[141] regno

[142] ritirársi

[143] ísola

[144] costa

[145] intenzióne

[146] segretamente

[147] voltoláre

[148] dissolutézza

[149] allegrézza

[150] Gesù Cristo

[151] nato

[152] Vergine Mária

[153] crocefísso

[154] chiamáto

[155] scarpa

[156] portáto

[157] soldatésca

[158] portáre

[159] succédere

[160] entráto

[161] avveniménto

[162] trono

[163] speránza

[164] rassomigliáre

[165] dotáto

[166] qualità

[167] corpo

[168] mente

[169] principiáre

[170] segno

[171] moderazióne

[172] risguárdo

[173] spogliáto

[174] umanità

[175] superáre

[176] animále

[177] crudeltà

[178] strage

[179] rango

[180] grado

[181] uccídere

[182] capitáno

[183] pretóriano

[184] guardia

[185] mezzo

[186] comméttere

[187] delitto

[188] dato fondo all’

[189] imménso

[190] tesóro

[191] lasciáto

[192] cominciáre

[193] proscrívere

[194] sacchegiáre

[195] sentíto

[196] vorréi

[197] collo

[198] edifízio

[199] lavóro

[200] effettuáre

[201] stimáto

[202] farsi

[203] adoráre

[204] mondo

[205] témpio

[206] edificáre

[207] tribuno

[208] coorte

[209] guárdia

[210] fatto

[211] cospirazióne

[212] regnáto

[213] vissúto

[214] regnáre

[215] naturalménte

[216] insensáto

[217] crudéle

[218] istigáto

[219] sopratútto

[220] liberto

[221] moglie

[222] abbandonársi

[223] affáre

[224] sfrenatezza

[225] dissolutézza

[226] essere noto

[227] arrischiáre

[228] sposáre

[229] maríto

[230] drudo

[231] istigazióne

[232] Narcísso

[233] Pállade

[234] libérto

[235] governáre

[236] argoménto

[237] pazzía

[238] messo

[239] Británnico

[240] Domízio

[241] consíglio

[242] richiésta

[243] adottáre

[244] dimenticáre

[245] destináre

[246] successóre

[247] bandíre

[248] Giudéo

[249] matemático

[250] intrapréndere

[251] spedizióne

[252] Brettágna

[253] soggiogáre

[254] veléno

[255] messo

[256] fungo

[257] ascéndere

[258] patrígno

[259] comportársi

[260] annoveráto

[261] príncipe

[262] ascoltáre

[263] precétto

[264] maéstro

[265] corrótto

[266] lussúria

[267] adulazióne

[268] diventáre

[269] mostro

[270] arrestáre

[271] trascórrere

[272] valoróso

[273] capitáno

[274] virtù

[275] autorità

[276] ricuperáre

[277] obbligáre

[278] Tiridáte Vologéso

[279] veníre

[280] domandáre

[281] coróna

[282] richiamáre

[283] far moríre

[284] veléno

[285] princípio

[286] ordináre

[287] privatala degli onori

[288] bandíto

[289] corte

[290] parricídio

[291] mancáre

[292] compíre

[293] miséria

[294] approváre

[295] leváre

[296] esiliáre

[297] scopérta

[298] trama

[299] macchináto

[300] poéta Lucáno

[301] dare dei calci

[302] grávida

[303] in modo da farla morire

[304] sfacciatággine

[305] comparíre

[306] teátro

[307] recitáre

[308] commediánte

[309] suonatóre d’arpa

[310] fare

[311] corse di carro

[312] giuóchi Circénsi

[313] rappresentáre

[314] spasso

[315] apparénza

[316] Troja

[317] fiámma

[318] incendiáre

[319] imputáre

[320] Cristiáno

[321] diventáre

[322] sprezzábile

[323] scelleratézza

[324] abbandonáto

[325] cercáto

[326] castigáto

[327] eseguíre

[328] carnéfice

[329] uffício

[330] regno

[331] C. Giúlio Vindíce

[332] propretóre

[333] apertaménte

[334] ribellársi

[335] persuadére

[336] governatóre

[337] farsi

[338] méttere

[339] vécchio

[340] adottáto

[341] proclamáto

[342] confidársi

[343] legióne

[344] comandáre

[345] qualità

[346] consoláre

[347] luogotenénte

[348] préndere

[349] nome

[350] sconfíggere

[351] combattiménto

[352] Bebríaco

[353] stanco

[354] succedúto

[355] mandáto

[356] reprímere

[357] Giudéo

[358] giustízia

[359] cleménza

[360] promotóre

[361] sciénza

[362] sapiénte

[363] biasimáto

[364] cupidígia

[365] scusáre

[366] allegáre

[367] povertà

[368] erário

[369] Giudéa

[370] termináto

[371] già

[372] detto

[373] principiáto

[374] sedizióso

[375] gente

[376] comandáto

[377] gran sacerdóte

[378] prendere

[379] pretésto

[380] religióne

[381] luogotenénte

[382] assediáre

[383] Gierusalémme

[384] rispínto

[385] stráge

[386] vincitóre

[387] ritórno

[388] scégliere

[389] Giuséppe

[390] Máttia

[391] portáre

[392] pigliáre

[393] comandánte

[394] prédire

[395] elevazióne

[396] gettársi

[397] metrópoli

[398] nazióne

[399] cagionáre

[400] rovína

[401] calamità

[402] violento

[403] miséria

[404] soffríre

[405] differénte

[406] visíbile

[407] puníto

[408] orréndo

[409] omicídio

[410] unigénito

[411] terríbile

[412] fame

[413] forzáre

[414] assediáto

[415] vívere

[416] carne

[417] mangiáre

[418] persóna

[419] sentíto

[420] períre

[421] assédio

[422] finalménte

[423] spianáto

[424] trionfáre

[425] chiúdere

[426] témpio

[427] Giáno

[428] moríre

[429] consoláto

[430] dare

[431] udiénza

[432] ambasciadóre

[433] succédere

[434] meritaménte

[435] annoveráto

[436] imperatóre

[437] arriváre

[438] império

[439] credúto

[440] natúra

[441] aváro

[442] sensuále

[443] avanzaménto

[444] cambiáto

[445] meritáre

[446] títolo

[447] delízia

[448] génere umáno

[449] notábile

[450] benignità

[451] piacevolézza

[452] rimandare

[453] malconténto

[454] ricordársi

[455] cena

[456] fatto

[457] benefício

[458] perdúto

[459] spaventévole

[460] eruzione

[461] fiámma

[462] cénere

[463] Monte Vesúvio

[464] spargersi

[465] Ercoláno

[466] affátto

[467] distrútto

[468] succedúto

[469] età

[470] sospétto

[471] avvelenáto

[472] fratéllo

[473] compianto

[474] afflizióne

[475] accresciúto

[476] successóre

[477] precedere

[478] seguíre

[479] mostra

[480] cleménza

[481] giustízia

[482] scopríre

[483] natúra

[484] imitáre

[485] crudeltà

[486] rapína

[487] lussúria

[488] farsi

[489] chiamáre

[490] uccíso

[491] cospirazióne

CHAP. IX.

(Of Rome, 836—Of Christ, 96.)

[1]Cocceius Nerva succeeded Domitian in the empire. He reigned but one year, four months, and eleven days; an [2]excellent prince, but [3]despised for his age. He [4]annulled all the [5]acts of Domitian, and [6]restored what had been [7]taken from the people by [8]violence and [9]injustice: but he [10]wanted [11]authority to [12]keep the soldiers within [13]due bounds; wherefore those who were [14]concerned in the death of Domitian, from whom he had [15]received the empire, were [16]killed by the [17]guards, [18]in spite of all he could do to [19]prevent it. He made Trajan, [20]lieutenant of Germany, his [21]adopted son, with whom he lived three months.

Trajan [22]took upon him the [23]government of the empire at [24]Cologn, being then in the 42nd year of his age; and a man [25]excellently [26]skilled in the [27]military art. He was likewise a person of great prudence, [28]moderation, and [29]meekness of [30]temper; so that he was thought by all to [31]deserve the [32]surname of [33]Optimus. He [34]added Dacia to the empire, and, [35]marching into the [36]East, [37]subdued the [38]Armenians, the [39]Iberians, the [40]Colchians, the [41]Sarmatians, the [42]Osrhoenians, the [43]Arabians, and the [44]Bosphoranians. He likewise [45]fell upon the Parthians, and [46]took the cities Seleucia, [47]Ctesiphon, and [48]Babylon, with several others. But upon his [49]taking a voyage in the [50]Red Sea, almost all those nations [51]rose in rebellion. He, however, [52]quickly [53]reduced them either in person or by his [54]lieutenants. There was in his time a great [55]earthquake, which [56]ruined the city of [57]Antioch: it [58]happened in the year of Christ 115, in the [59]consulship of Messala and Pedo, the latter of whom was [60]buried in the [61]ruins of the [62]place, and Trajan was [63]drawn through a [64]window, and had [65]much ado to [66]escape. The Jews of [67]Syrene [68]took up arms, and [69]exercised all manner of [70]cruelty upon the Romans and Greeks throughout [71]Egypt and [72]Cyprus. Trajan [73]suppressed this rebellion with infinite [74]slaughter, by his lieutenant Martius Turbo. [75]Whilst he was [76]preparing to march against the Parthians, who were up in arms, having [77]forced from amongst them the king that had been [78]given them by the Roman emperor; this excellent prince [79]fell ill, and [80]died at [81]Selinus in Cilicia. He reigned nineteen years, six months, and fifteen days.

[82]Ælius Hadrianus, Trajan’s [83]cousin and [84]countryman, [85]obtained the empire after him, by the [86]favour of Plotina, Trajan’s wife; a man very [87]fickle in his [88]temper and [89]genius, [90]equally [91]formed for virtue and [92]vice. He [93]went through all the [94]provinces of the empire, so that nobody had ever [95]travelled over so much of the [96]world as he. After the death of Trajan, he [97]abandoned Armenia, Syria, and Mesopotamia, to the Parthians, and [98]intended likewise to [99]leave Dacia, had he not been [100]apprehensive of [101]ruining the many thousands of Romans that were there.

He [102]rebuilt Jerusalem, which he [103]called Ælia Capitolina, and [104]settled a colony there; and in the same place where the [105]temple had [106]stood, [107]built another in [108]honour of [109]Jupiter; which so [110]provoked the Jews, that, [111]taking up arms, they [112]carried on the war with more [113]fury than ever, under the [114]conduct of Barchochebas; against whom, amongst other [115]skilful generals that he [116]employed, Hadrian [117]sent for Julius Severus out of [118]Britain, by whom the Jews were by [119]degrees [120]suppressed and utterly [121]destroyed; there being no less than 50,000 slain in that war, besides an [122]innumerable [123]multitude that were [124]consumed by [125]famine, [126]pestilence, and [127]fire; so that [128]Palestine became almost a [129]wilderness. After that time, the Jews were [130]forbidden, [131]under pain of death, to come to Jerusalem, unless one day in a year to [132]lament their [133]misery.

At last Hadrian [134]growing old and [135]infirm, having no [136]children of his own, [137]adopted [138]Arrius Antoninus, who was afterwards [139]surnamed [140]Pius, [141]upon condition that he should adopt Annius Verus, son of Ælius Verus, and [142]M. Aurelius Antoninus. After which he died at Baiæ, in the year of Christ 138, having lived sixty-two years, and reigned twenty-one and eleven months.

Antoninus Pius, adopted by Hadrian, [143]governed the Roman empire with so much virtue and [144]goodness, that he [145]surpassed all [146]example; for he [147]managed the [148]commonwealth rather with the [149]affection of a father, than with the authority of a prince, and [150]kept the world in [151]peace during his whole reign, for which [152]reason he was [153]compared to Numa. [154]Foreign and [155]remote princes and [156]nations [157]feared him to that degree, that they [158]referred the [159]decision of their [160]controversies to him. He [161]forbade any [162]scrutiny to be made after those, who had [163]entered into a [164]plot against his [165]life. He died in the seventieth year of his age, and twenty-fourth of his reign.

After him reigned M. Antonius Verus, [166]son-in-law of Pius; for he had married his daughter Valeria Faustina. He had from [167]his youth been [168]educated as well in the [169]knowledge of other [170]arts as the [171]studies of [172]wisdom, which he [173]made appear no less in his life and [174]conduct, than his [175]words and [176]professions. In the [177]beginning of his reign, he made L. Ælius Verus his [178]partner of the empire, to whom he married his daughter Lucilla. They reigned together eleven years, being of very [179]different [180]inclinations; for Verus was of a [181]listless, [182]luxurious, and [183]morose temper, but was [184]kept within [185]bounds through the [186]respect he had for his father-in-law; by whom he was [187]sent against the Parthians, and [188]carried on the war [189]successfully for four years, by his lieutenants; wherefore they both [190]triumphed over the Parthians. Afterwards they [191]undertook an [192]expedition against the Marcomanni, but upon their [193]march, Verus was [194]seized with an [195]apoplexy, between Concordia and [196]Altinum, and died. M. Aurelius carried on the war for three years against the Marcomanni, to whom the Quadi, [197]Vandals, [198]Sarmatians, and Suevi, [199]joined themselves. His army in [200]want [201]of water, was [202]relieved by a [203]legion of [204]Christians that was in it, who, by their [205]prayers [206]procured [207]rain from [208]heaven, according to [209]Eusebius. The [210]exchequer being quite [211]exhausted by the great [212]expense of the war, that he might not [213]burthen the people with [214]taxes, he [215]produced all the imperial [216]furniture and [217]sold it; and after the victory [218]restored the [219]price to those [220]purchasers who [221]were willing to [222]part with what they had [223]bought. Avidius Cassius, upon [224]false advice that he was [225]dead, [226]seized the [227]government, and was slain three months after. M. Aurelius died at Vienna, after a reign of nineteen years, and eleven months.

He was [228]succeeded by his [229]wicked son Aurelius Commodus Antoninus, who [230]resembled Nero for [231]cruelty, [232]lust, [233]avarice, and such practices as are [234]scandalous in an emperor. Having [235]settled his affairs with the [236]Germans, he triumphed at Rome. He put to death his sister Lucilla, who, with [237]several others, had [238]conspired against his life. He [239]used to [240]fight among the [241]gladiators in the [242]public games. He was at last, after an [243]infamous life, [244]slain by the [245]contrivance of a [246]mistress, and the captain-general of his [247]life-guards, whom he had [248]determined to [249]put to death. He reigned twelve years, nine months, and fourteen days.

After Commodus was [250]killed in the year of Christ 193, P. [251]Helvius Pertinax, was [252]declared emperor, by those who had [253]dispatched Commodus, who [254]endeavouring to [255]reduce the [256]commonwealth into better [257]order, and to [258]curb the [259]licentiousness of the [260]soldiery, was, within eighty days after his coming to the empire, [261]murdered by his own guards. The empire after this, was by the soldiers [262]exposed to [263]sale, and Didius Julianus [264]coming up to their [265]terms, was [266]accepted of, and [267]proclaimed emperor accordingly. But [268]not being able to [269]make up the [270]promised donative, he was [271]forsaken by them, and slain by [272]order of Septimius Severus, after he had reigned two months and five days.

This Severus, a [273]native of Africa, was at that time lieutenant of Pannonia, and [274]took upon him the government, under the [275]pretence of [276]revenging Pertinax’s death. He first of all [277]disbanded the guards for that [278]abominable [279]murder. Then he [280]fell upon Pescennius Niger, lieutenant of Syria, and Clodius Albinus of [281]Britain, his [282]competitor for the empire. Niger was [283]conquered, and Antioch, into which he [284]threw himself, was taken; after which, [285]flying towards the [286]river Euphrates, he was [287]taken and slain. After the [288]taking off of Niger, Severus [289]took [290]Byzantium, which had [291]declared for him, after a [292]siege of three years.

[293]Matters being [294]brought to a [295]peaceable [296]settlement in the [297]East, he [298]turned his arms [299]westward against Clodius Albinus, and [300]engaged him at [301]Lyons in [302]France; where many being slain on both [303]sides, and amongst others, Albinus, he was [304]left sole [305]possessor of the empire. The city was [306]plundered and [307]burnt, Albinus’s [308]head [309]sent to Rome, and a [310]dreadful [311]havoc made among those who had been his [312]favourers and [313]friends.

After this, he [314]marched [315]eastward again, and [316]conquered the Parthians, the [317]Adiabenians, and Arabians, whilst Plotianus, in the mean time, [318]governed all at Rome. Plotilla, this man’s daughter, was [319]contracted to Antoninus, Severus’s son, and the [320]nuptials were [321]celebrated in the tenth year of Severus’s reign. But not long after, Plotianus being [322]engaged in a [323]plot against the emperor, was slain by his [324]son-in-law, and a great many that had been in his [325]interest, killed after him.

Severus [326]undertook an [327]expedition into Britain, with his two sons, in the 15th year of his reign, where he [328]continued three years; being very [329]successful, he [330]drew a [331]wall [332]across the [333]island for its [334]security. He died at York, after he had reigned seventeen years eight months and three days.

[335]Antoninus Caracalla and Geta, the two sons of Severus, were after him [336]advanced to the empire, in the year of Christ 211. But the [337]difference of their [338]humour and [339]manners was such, that they were [340]perpetually at [341]variance. Geta was of a [342]mild and civil [343]temper, the other [344]cruel and [345]boisterous, who, in the second year of his reign, [346]slew his brother in his [347]mother’s [348]bosom. After him, a great many of his friends and [349]favourers were [350]put to death, amongst whom the [351]famous [352]lawyer [353]Papinian, because he would not [354]justify his [355]parricide. After this, he [356]marched into the [357]East. At Alexandria he made a [358]shocking [359]massacre of the [360]inhabitants, for having some time before made some [361]jests upon him. He then [362]invaded [363]Artabanus, king of the Parthians, and [364]laid waste his [365]dominions. He was [366]killed by the [367]contrivance of Opilius Macrinus after he had reigned six years and two months.

Macrinus [368]enjoyed the empire but a short time; for he and his sons were slain by the [369]soldiers within a year and two months after he obtained it: and was [370]succeeded by [371]Antoninus Heliogabalus, [372]supposed, but [373]falsely, to be the son of Caracalla. He was the [374]vilest [375]wretch that ever lived, [376]given up to all manner of [377]vice. Wherefore, after a reign of three years, and nine months, he was slain by the [378]soldiery, with his mother Julia, or Semiamira.

After this, [379]M. Aurelius Alexander [380]mounted the throne, having been [381]created Cæsar the year before; an [382]extraordinary prince, and well [383]instructed in all the [384]arts of [385]peace and war. He [386]carried a strict hand over the [387]judges, and was very [388]severe upon all those that by [389]favour or [390]bribery [391]transgressed the [392]bounds of [393]justice. He [394]banished from his [395]person all [396]flatterers, [397]buffoons, and such as are a [398]scandal to the [399]court. He [400]forbade the [401]sale of [402]offices, saying, that what was [403]bought would be [404]sold again. He [405]allowed the [406]deputies of the [407]provinces all their [408]furniture out of the [409]exchequer, that they might not be [410]burdensome to the people. He was [411]successful against the Persians, but at last slain in a [412]sedition of his army.

In the fifth year of his reign, [413]Artaxerxes, [414]the Persian, having [415]defeated the Parthians in three [416]battles, and slain their king Artabanus, [417]raised again the empire of the Persians in the East. He also made an [418]excursion into the Roman [419]territories, but was defeated by Alexander. After this, he [420]undertook an [421]expedition against the Germans, in which he was slain by Maximinus, together with his mother, after a reign of thirteen years.

Maximinus was made emperor after the [422]murder of Alexander, and [423]put a happy end to the German war. In the mean time he made a [424]dreadful [425]havoc at Rome, by his governor there, and killed a great many of the [426]nobility. During this, the two [427]Gordians, father and son, while at [428]Carthage, [429]laid claim to the empire. The Romans, being [430]headed by the senate, [431]declared against Maximinus; and [432]persons were [433]dispatched away to [434]secure the provinces for the senate. At home, twenty [435]commissioners were [436]nominated for the [437]management of public [438]affairs. The Gordians being [439]killed in Africa, after a year and a few days, by [440]Capelian, Maximinus’s general, [441]Balbinus and [442]Maximus Pupienus, two of the [443]twenty [444]commissioners, were [445]advanced to the empire by the senate in the year of Christ 237; in which Maximinus, as he was [446]besieging Aquileia, was slain by the [447]soldiers with his son, who was but a [448]boy, after a reign of two years and ten months.

Balbinus and Pupienus, with Gordian ([449]a boy, who, as will be seen [450]hereafter, [451]perished in Africa), reigned together for a year. But afterwards being [452]desirous to [453]get rid of Gordian, who was more in [454]favour than themselves, they were slain by the soldiers in the year of Christ 238; from which time Gordian [455]enjoyed the empire by himself, a [456]youth of an [457]extraordinary [458]genius, and [459]prone to all manner of virtue; which was [460]improved by the [461]prudence of Misitheus, a very [462]learned and [463]eloquent man, whose daughter he [464]married; with whom he [465]marched at the [466]head of the great army against the Persians, and [467]recovered from them [468]Carræ, [469]Nisibis, and other towns, and [470]forced them back into their own [471]country. The year [472]following, Misitheus being [473]murdered by the [474]contrivance of [475]Philip the Arabian, Gordian himself was soon after slain in a [476]tumult, which the same Philip [477]raised by the [478]help of some soldiers he had [479]corrupted, after he had reigned six years, in whose [480]place the [481]parricide [482]succeeded.

In the fourth year of Philip’s reign, the [483]Secular games were [484]celebrated at Rome, in the [485]thousandth year of the city. He was [486]at last [487]slain at Verona, by the soldiers, in the sixth year of his [488]reign.

Decius, [489]born in [490]Lower Pannonia, a man of great [491]courage and [492]experience in war, [493]succeeded him. He [494]perished in a [495]morass in a battle against the [496]Barbarians. This [497]defeat was [498]occasioned by the [499]treachery of Gallus, who [500]secretly [501]caballed with the enemy after he had reigned thirty months. This Gallus being made emperor by the [502]choice of the [503]soldiery, and having [504]taken his son as a [505]partner in the [506]government, was slain together with him by the soldiers, two years and four months after at Interamna, as he was [507]marching against Æmilian, who was [508]raising a [509]rebellion in Mœtia.

Æmilian did not reign long, being slain three months after his [510]advancement, and was [511]succeeded by Valerian, with his son Gallienus, who reigned six years together; during which time the Roman empire was [512]miserably [513]rent by the Barbarians. Thirty [514]tyrants [515]started up in several [516]places, according to [517]Trebellius Pollio. Wherefore Valerian [518]marching against the [519]Scythians, who had [520]taken [521]Chalcedon, [522]burnt Nice, and the [523]temple of the [524]Ephesian Diana, and from thence [525]advancing against Sapores, who [526]was very troublesome to the [527]Eastern [528]borders, he [529]took him [530]prisoner, and [531]treated him like a vile [532]slave; for when he [533]mounted his [534]horse, he [535]set his [536]foot upon his [537]neck, who [538]bowed down [539]for that purpose. At last he [540]ordered him to be [541]flayed and [542]salted. This [543]victory over the Romans [544]happened in the year of Christ 260. After which Odenatus, a senator of the [545]Palmyrenians, whom Zenobia had [546]married, [547]bravely [548]repulsed the Persians that still [549]harassed the [550]borders.

[551]In the mean time Gallienus, wholly [552]given up to [553]luxury and [554]debauchery, [555]suffered the empire to be [556]torn to pieces by the Barbarians, and [557]tyrants. Odenatus, after the [558]taking of Nisibis and Carræ, and the [559]recovery of Mesopotamia, [560]upon routing of the king of the Persians, having [561]sent the great [562]lords of the Persians to him in [563]chains, he was [564]not ashamed to [565]triumph, as if he had [566]conquered them himself. Odenatus was [567]murdered by his [568]cousin, together with his son Herod, whose [569]wife Zenobia, being a [570]woman of a [571]masculine spirit, [572]undertook the government. Gallienus was slain with his brother Valerian at [573]Milan, as he was marching against Aureolus the tyrant. He reigned almost seven years with his father, and eight alone.

Claudius [574]succeeded him; a [575]frugal and [576]moderate prince, and very [577]serviceable to the public, who having [578]taken off the tyrant Aureolus, was very [579]successful against the [580]Goths, of whom he [581]slew 320,000, and [582]sunk 200 of their [583]ships. The rest of the Barbarians were [584]consumed at [585]Hæmimontium by [586]famine and [587]pestilence; and soon after Claudius [588]died of the same [589]plague, after a reign of one year and nine months.

His brother Quintilius [590]usurping the empire, was slain by the soldiers ten days after, who had now [591]made choice of Aurelian, a person of [592]mean birth, but [593]reckoned amongst the most [594]glorious princes, only rather too [595]cruel. He [596]subdued the Alemanni and Marcomanni, from whom the Romans had before [597]received a [598]signal [599]overthrow. After that victory he [600]came to Rome, [601]put several of the [602]senators to death, and [603]enlarged the [604]walls of the city. Then marching [605]eastward, he conquered Zenobia, whom with the tyrant [606]Tetrichus, he [607]led in [608]triumph. [609]Aurelius Victor tells us, he was the first of the Roman emperors who [610]wore a [611]diadem on his [612]head, or [613]used [614]jewels and [615]cloth of [616]gold. He was [617]taken off by [618]Mnestheus, a [619]notary to the [620]secretaries at [621]Cænophrurium, [622]betwixt [623]Byzantium and Heraclea. After his [624]death, there was an [625]interregnum of about seven months, [626]occasioned by a [627]dispute between the senate and the army, about the [628]choice of an emperor; at length Tacitus was [629]chosen by the senate, a person of [630]excellent [631]morals, and very [632]fit for the [633]government, he was [634]descended from Tacitus the [635]historian; and he [636]died of a [637]fever six months after at Tarsus. His brother Florianus [638]succeeded him: but Probus being [639]set up by a [640]majority of the army, Florianus [641]bled himself to death, two months after his brother died, in the year of Christ 276.

This Probus was [642]born in Pannonia Sirmiensis, a very fine man, and an excellent [643]soldier, of [644]unspotted morals. [645]As soon as he was [646]made emperor, he [647]punished all those who [648]had a hand in the death of Aurelian. After that, he [649]marched to [650]Gaul, [651]recovered several towns out of the [652]hands of the [653]Barbarians, and [654]slew nearly 70,000 of them. After [655]reducing [656]Gaul, he recovered [657]Illyricum, and [658]subdued the people [659]called the [660]Getæ; then going into the [661]East, he [662]fell upon the [663]Persians; when having [664]defeated them, and [665]taken several towns, he was [666]slain on his [667]return to Italy, by the soldiers, at [668]Sirmium, who [669]hated him for his great [670]severity. This [671]happened in the seventh year of his [672]reign, and the 282nd of Christ.

Probus was [673]succeeded by M. Aurelius Carus, [674]born at [675]Narbon in France, who [676]immediately [677]made his sons Carinus, and Numerianus, [678]Cæsars; and having [679]sent Carinus to [680]take the care of Gaul, he [681]marched into the [682]East against the Persians with Numerianus; where, after he had [683]reduced Mesopotamia, and marched as far as [684]Ctesiphon, he was [685]struck dead by [686]lightning, having [687]reigned about a year. Numerianus being much [688]concerned for his father’s death, [689]contracted a [690]weakness in his [691]eyes with [692]weeping, and was [693]slain by the [694]contrivance of Aper his [695]father-in-law.

Carinus was nothing [696]like his father and brother, being [697]guilty of all [698]manner of [699]wickedness; [700]wherefore he was [701]odious to all [702]ranks of [703]people. He was [704]betrayed by his own army at [705]Margum in Mœsia, and [706]killed by the soldiers of Dioclesian, who, as soon as Numerianus was [707]dead, [708]accepted of the [709]purple [710]offered him by the army, being born of [711]mean parents in [712]Dalmatia (for [713]he is said to have been the [714]slave of [715]Anulinus the senator), but a [716]gallant soldier. He [717]took his [718]oath in an [719]assembly of the soldiers, that he [720]had no hand in the death of Numerianus, and upon that [721]slew Aper with his own [722]hand; and so [723]fulfilled the [724]prophecy of him, that he should be emperor, when he had killed a [725]boar with his own hand; for which reason [726]as often as he [727]met with a boar, he [728]used to kill him. After he had killed Aper, he said he had [729]found the fatal boar. He [730]suppressed the [731]boors who made an [732]insurrection in Gaul, and [733]called themselves Bacaudæ, by means of [734]Maximianus Herculius, whom he [735]sent thither [736]for that purpose in the year 285, in which this Herculius was first made Cæsar, and the year [737]following he was made Augustus. About the same time Carausius having [738]seized upon [739]Britain, and Achilleus in [740]Egypt, [741]pretended to the empire; and in the [742]East, Narses king of Persia, being [743]ready to [744]fall upon the Romans, and Africa being [745]wasted by the [746]Quinquegentians, the better to [747]conduct all these wars at once, he [748]created Constantius Chlorus, and Galerius Maximianus, Cæsars. The latter was [749]born in Dacia, not far from Sardica, and was [750]surnamed [751]Armentarius, because he had been a [752]herdsman. Dioclesian [753]gave his daughter Valeria to Armentarius, and Maximianus Herculius [754]disposed of his step-daughter Theodora to Constantius. After this, Dioclesian [755]went to Egypt, Herculius into Africa, Armentarius into the East, and Constantius into Britain. Alexandria was [756]taken by Dioclesian, after a [757]siege of eight months, in the twelfth year of his reign. Ceransius was [758]killed by his friend [759]Alectus, eight years after his [760]revolt. At the same time the Quinquegentians were [761]reduced by Maximianus Herculius: and Galerius Armentarius [762]defeated by Narsus, being [763]haughtily [764]received by Dioclesian, he the year following 297, [765]revenged this [766]disgrace, by [767]routing the Persian army, and [768]taking the [769]wives, [770]sisters, and [771]children of Narsus prisoners; upon which Dioclesian received him [772]honourably in Mesopotamia.

At length, after a [773]splendid [774]triumph, Dioclesian and Herculius [775]laid down their [776]authority; the former did it [777]by choice, and [778]retired to Salonæ; the other was [779]prevailed upon more by the [780]authority of his [781]colleague, than from any [782]inclination for it. This [783]happened in the 20th of Dioclesian, and 304th year of Christ; upon which [784]Constantius Chlorus, and [785]Galerius Maximianus Armentarius, were [786]proclaimed emperors; Severus, and Galerius Maximianus, the [787]nephew of Armentarius by a sister, were [788]declared Cæsars. Constantius [789]divided the Roman empire with Maximian, [790]keeping to himself Gaul, Italy, and Africa; but the two [791]last he afterwards [792]left to his colleague, who had besides [793]Illyricum, Asia, and the [794]East. Of this he made Maximianus [795]governor, and [796]placed Severus in Italy.

FOOTNOTES

[1] Coccéjo Nerva

[2] eccellénte

[3] sprezzáto

[4] annulláre

[5] atto

[6] restituíre

[7] preso

[8] violénza

[9] ingiustízia

[10] mancáre

[11] autorità

[12] tenére

[13] dovére

[14] avér parte

[15] ricevúto

[16] uccíso

[17] guárdia

[18] ad onta di

[19] impedíre

[20] luogotenénte

[21] adottáto

[22] pigliáre

[23] govérno

[24] Cológna

[25] ottimaménte

[26] versáto

[27] arte militáre

[28] moderazióne

[29] dolce

[30] temperamento

[31] meritáre

[32] sopranome

[33] Óttimo

[34] aggiúngere

[35] marciáre

[36] Levánte

[37] soggiogáre

[38] Armeni

[39] Ibérj

[40] Colchi

[41] Sármati

[42] Osroéni

[43] Árabi

[44] Bosforáni

[45] attaccáre

[46] préndere

[47] Tesifóne

[48] Babilónia

[49] fare un viággio

[50] per il mar rosso

[51] ribellársi

[52] presto

[53] ridúrre

[54] luogotenénte

[55] terremóto

[56] rovináre

[57] Ántíochia

[58] succédere

[59] consoláto

[60] seppellíto

[61] rovína

[62] piázza

[63] tiráto

[64] finéstra

[65] molta difficoltà

[66] scappáre

[67] Siréne

[68] prénder le armi

[69] esercitáre

[70] crudeltà

[71] Egítto

[72] Cipro

[73] sopprímere

[74] strage

[75] mentre

[76] preparársi

[77] scacciato

[78] dato

[79] ammalársi

[80] moríre

[81] Selíno

[82] Elio Adriáno

[83] cugíno

[84] compatriótto

[85] ottenére

[86] favóre

[87] mutábile

[88] natúra

[89] génio

[90] ugualménte

[91] formato

[92] vízio

[93] andáre

[94] província

[95] viaggiáre

[96] mondo

[97] cédere

[98] disegnáre

[99] lasciáre

[100] temúto

[101] rovináre

[102] riedificáre

[103] chiamáre

[104] stabilíre

[105] témpio

[106] situáto

[107] edificáre

[108] onóre

[109] Gióve

[110] irritáre

[111] pigliár l’armi

[112] fare

[113] fúria

[114] condótta

[115] sperimentáto

[116] impiegáre

[117] far veníre

[118] Brettágna

[119] gradualménte

[120] sopprésso

[121] distrútto

[122] innumerábile

[123] moltitúdine

[124] consumáto

[125] fame

[126] peste

[127] fuóco

[128] Palestína

[129] desérto

[130] proibíto

[131] sotto pena di morte

[132] compiángere

[133] miséria

[134] diveníre vécchio

[135] inférmo

[136] figliuólo

[137] adottáre

[138] Árrio Antoníno

[139] cognominato

[140] Pio

[141] con patto

[142] M. Aurélio Antonino

[143] governáre

[144] benignità

[145] sorpassáre

[146] esémpio

[147] maneggiáre

[148] repúbblica

[149] affezióne

[150] tenére

[151] pace

[152] ragióne

[153] comparáto

[154] straniéro

[155] remóto

[156] nazióne

[157] temére

[158] riméttere

[159] decisióne

[160] controvérsia

[161] proibíre

[162] scrutinio

[163] entráre

[164] cospirazióne

[165] vita

[166] género

[167] gioventù

[168] educáto

[169] conoscénza

[170] arte

[171] stúdio

[172] sapiénza

[173] mostrare

[174] condótta

[175] paróla

[176] professióne

[177] princípio

[178] compágno

[179] differénte

[180] inclinazióne

[181] pigro

[182] lussurióso

[183] fastidióso

[184] tenúto

[185] moderazióne

[186] rispétto

[187] mandáto

[188] fare

[189] con buon successo

[190] trionfáre

[191] intrapréndere

[192] spedizióne

[193] márcia

[194] assalíto

[195] apopléssia

[196] Altíno

[197] Vándali

[198] Sarmáti

[199] unírsi

[200] necessità

[201] acqua

[202] soccorsa

[203] legióne

[204] Cristiáno

[205] preghiéra

[206] procuráre

[207] pióggia

[208] ciélo

[209] Eusébio

[210] erário

[211] vuoto

[212] spesa

[213] caricáre

[214] dazio

[215] mise fuori

[216] forniménto

[217] véndere

[218] restituíre

[219] prezzo

[220] compratóre

[221] volére

[222] disfársi

[223] compráto

[224] falso avvíso

[225] morto

[226] usurpáre

[227] govérno

[228] succedúto

[229] malvágio

[230] rassomigliáre

[231] crudeltà

[232] sensualità

[233] avarízia

[234] scandalóso

[235] regoláto

[236] Germáni

[237] parécchi

[238] cospiráto

[239] solére

[240] battérsi

[241] gladiatóre

[242] giuóchi púbblici

[243] infáme

[244] uccíso

[245] arte

[246] amorósa

[247] guárdie del corpo

[248] risolúto

[249] méttere

[250] ammazzáto

[251] Elvio Pertináce

[252] dichiaráto

[253] spacciáto

[254] procuráre

[255] ridúrre

[256] repúbblica

[257] órdine

[258] reprímere

[259] licénza

[260] soldatésca

[261] assassináto

[262] espórre

[263] vendita

[264] componendosi colle

[265] condizioni

[266] accettáto

[267] proclamáto

[268] potere

[269] fornire

[270] donatívo premésso

[271] abbandonáto

[272] órdine

[273] natívo

[274] préndere

[275] pretésto

[276] vendicáre

[277] licenziáre

[278] abbominevole

[279] assassínio

[280] attaccáre

[281] Brettagna

[282] competitóre

[283] vinto

[284] ritirarsi

[285] fuggíre

[286] fiúme Eufráte

[287] preso

[288] presa

[289] prendere

[290] Bisánzio

[291] dichiaráto

[292] assédio

[293] le cose

[294] condótto

[295] pacifico

[296] accomodaménto

[297] Levánte

[298] voltáre

[299] verso l’occidénte

[300] attaccáre

[301] Lióne

[302] Fráncia

[303] canto

[304] lasciáto

[305] possessóre

[306] saccheggiáto

[307] abbrucciáto

[308] testa

[309] mandáto

[310] orríbile

[311] strage

[312] fautóre

[313] amíco

[314] marciáre

[315] verso il levánte

[316] conquistáre

[317] Adiabeniáni

[318] governáre

[319] fidanzáto

[320] nozze

[321] celebráto

[322] impegnáto

[323] cospirazióne

[324] género

[325] partito

[326] intrapréndere

[327] spedizióne

[328] continuáre

[329] fortunáto

[330] tiráre

[331] muro

[332] attravérso

[333] ísola

[334] sicurézza

[335] Antoníno Caracálla

[336] alzáto

[337] differénza

[338] umóre

[339] costúme

[340] perpetuaménte

[341] in lite

[342] benígno

[343] naturale

[344] crudéle

[345] impetuóso

[346] uccídere

[347] madre

[348] seno

[349] partitánte

[350] messo

[351] célebre

[352] giuriconsulto

[353] Papiniáno

[354] giustificáre

[355] parricídio

[356] marciáre

[357] levánte

[358] orríbile

[359] strage

[360] abitánte

[361] burla

[362] attaccare

[363] Artabáno

[364] desoláre

[365] domínio

[366] ucciso

[367] arte

[368] godére

[369] soldáto

[370] succedúto

[371] Antonino Eliogábalo

[372] suppósto

[373] falsaménte

[374] vile

[375] scelleráto

[376] abbandonáto

[377] vizio

[378] soldatésca

[379] M. Aurélio Alessándro

[380] ascéndere

[381] creáto

[382] straordinário

[383] istrútto

[384] arte

[385] pace

[386] comportársi rigorosaménte

[387] giúdice

[388] sevéro

[389] favóre

[390] corruzióne

[391] uscíre

[392] términe

[393] giustízia

[394] bandíre

[395] persóna

[396] adulatóre

[397] buffóne

[398] disdoro

[399] corte

[400] proibíre

[401] véndita

[402] uffízio

[403] compráto

[404] rivendúto

[405] concédere

[406] deputáto

[407] província

[408] móbili

[409] erário

[410] a carico al

[411] fortunáto

[412] sedizióne

[413] Artasérse

[414] il Persiáno

[415] sconfítto

[416] battáglia

[417] rialzáre

[418] scorrería

[419] território

[420] intrapréndere

[421] spedizióne

[422] assassínio

[423] termináre feliceménte

[424] spaventévole

[425] strage

[426] nobilità

[427] Gordiáni

[428] Cartágine

[429] pretendere

[430] comandáto

[431] dichiarársi

[432] persóna

[433] spedíto

[434] assicurársi

[435] commissário

[436] nomináto

[437] governo

[438] affáre

[439] ucciso

[440] Capeliáno Massimíno

[441] Balbíno

[442] Mássimo Pupiéno

[443] venti

[444] commissário

[445] alzáto

[446] assediáre

[447] soldáto

[448] ragázzo

[449] ràgazzo

[450] poi

[451] períre

[452] desideróso

[453] disfársi

[454] grázia

[455] godére

[456] gióvine

[457] straordinário

[458] génio

[459] inclináto

[460] coltiváto

[461] prudenza

[462] sapiente

[463] eloquénte

[464] sposáre

[465] marciáre

[466] testa

[467] ricuperáre

[468] Carréa

[469] Nísibi

[470] rispígnere

[471] paese

[472] seguénte

[473] uccíso

[474] insidia

[475] Filíppo l’Árabo

[476] tumúlto

[477] suscitáre

[478] assisténza

[479] corrótto

[480] luógo

[481] parricída

[482] succédere

[483] giuochi secolári

[484] celebráto

[485] millésimo

[486] finalménte

[487] ammazzáto

[488] regno

[489] nato

[490] basso

[491] corággio

[492] speriénza

[493] succédere

[494] períre

[495] palúde

[496] bárbaro

[497] sconfítta

[498] cagionáto

[499] perfídia

[500] nascostaménte

[501] congiuráre

[502] scelta

[503] soldatésca

[504] preso

[505] compágno

[506] govérno

[507] marciáre

[508] suscitáre

[509] ribellióne

[510] avanzaménto

[511] succedúto

[512] miserabilménte

[513] laceráto

[514] tiránno

[515] sollevársi

[516] luógo

[517] Trebéllio Pollióne

[518] marciáre

[519] Sciti

[520] preso

[521] Calcedónia

[522] abbruciáto

[523] témpio

[524] Efesino

[525] avanzáre

[526] inquietava assai

[527] orientále

[528] frontiere

[529] fare

[530] prigioniéro

[531] trattáre

[532] schiávo

[533] montáre

[534] cavállo

[535] porre

[536] piéde

[537] collo

[538] abbassársi

[539] a questo effétto

[540] fare

[541] scorticáre

[542] saláre

[543] vittória

[544] succédere

[545] Palmiriáni

[546] sposáto

[547] coraggiosaménte

[548] rispígnere

[549] dare il guasto

[550] confíne

[551] Intanto

[552] abbandonáto

[553] lussúria

[554] dissolutézza

[555] lasciáre

[556] laceráre in pezzi

[557] tiránno

[558] presa

[559] recuperaménto

[560] dopo la sconfítta

[561] mandáto

[562] signóre

[563] caténa

[564] vergógna

[565] trionfare

[566] vincere

[567] assassináto

[568] cugíno

[569] moglie

[570] donna

[571] ánimo virile

[572] intrapréndere

[573] Miláno

[574] succédere

[575] frugale

[576] moderáto

[577] serviziévole

[578] uccíso

[579] fortunáto

[580] Goti

[581] uccídere

[582] affondáre

[583] nave

[584] distrútto

[585] Emimónzio

[586] fame

[587] pestilénza

[588] moríre

[589] peste

[590] usurpáre

[591] scegliere

[592] bassa náscita

[593] annoveráto

[594] glorióso

[595] crudéle

[596] soggiogáre

[597] ricevúto

[598] segnaláto

[599] sconfítta

[600] veníre

[601] méttere

[602] senatóre

[603] ampliáre

[604] muro

[605] verso l’oriénte

[606] Tétrico

[607] condúrre

[608] triónfo

[609] Aurélio Vittóre

[610] portáre

[611] diadéma

[612] capo

[613] servírsi

[614] giója

[615] panno

[616] oro

[617] tolto di vita

[618] Nestéo

[619] notáro

[620] secretário

[621] Cenofrúrio

[622] tra

[623] Bisánzio

[624] morte

[625] interrégno

[626] cagionáto

[627] dispúta

[628] scelta

[629] scelto

[630] eccellénte

[631] costúme

[632] capáce

[633] govérno

[634] discéso

[635] istórico

[636] moríre

[637] febbre

[638] succédere

[639] innalzáto

[640] pluralità

[641] si apri le vene a morte

[642] nato

[643] soldáto

[644] intátta probitá

[645] súbito che

[646] fatto

[647] puníre

[648] éssere complíce

[649] marciare

[650] Gállia

[651] ricuperáre

[652] potére

[653] barbáro

[654] ammazzáre

[655] riduzióne

[656] Gállia

[657] Illírico

[658] soggiogáre

[659] chiamáto

[660] Geti

[661] Levánte

[662] attaccáre

[663] Persiáno

[664] sconfítto

[665] preso

[666] uccíso

[667] ritórna

[668] Sírmio

[669] odiáre

[670] severità

[671] succédere

[672] regno

[673] successo

[674] nato

[675] Narbóna

[676] súbito

[677] fare

[678] Césare

[679] mandáto

[680] aver cura

[681] marciáre

[682] Levánte

[683] ridótto

[684] Tesifóne

[685] ammazzato

[686] fúlmine

[687] regnáto

[688] afflítto

[689] contrarre

[690] debolezza

[691] ócchio

[692] piangere

[693] ucciso

[694] arte

[695] suócero

[696] rassomigliáre

[697] colpévole

[698] sorta

[699] scelleratezza

[700] perciò

[701] odióso

[702] stato

[703] gente

[704] tradíto

[705] Margo

[706] ammazzáto

[707] morto

[708] accettáre

[709] pórpora

[710] offérto

[711] bassi parenti

[712] Dalmázia

[713] si dice che

[714] schiávo

[715] Anulino

[716] bravo

[717] pigliáre

[718] giuraménto

[719] Assembléa

[720] éssere cómplíce

[721] uccídere

[722] mano

[723] adempíre

[724] profezía

[725] cignále

[726] ogni volta che

[727] incontráre

[728] solére

[729] trováto

[730] sopprímere

[731] Villano

[732] rivólta

[733] chiamársi

[734] Massimiáno Erculío

[735] mandáre

[736] a questo effétto

[737] seguénte

[738] impadroníto

[739] Brettágna

[740] Egítto

[741] preténdere

[742] Levánte

[743] pronto

[744] attaccáre

[745] desoláto

[746] Quinquegenziáni

[747] spingere

[748] creáre

[749] nato

[750] cognomináto

[751] Armentário

[752] pastóre

[753] dare

[754] accordáre

[755] andáre

[756] preso

[757] assédio

[758] ammazzáto

[759] Alétto

[760] rivólta

[761] ridótto

[762] sconfitto

[763] alteraménte

[764] ricevúto

[765] emendáre

[766] disgrázia

[767] sconfiggere

[768] fare

[769] moglie

[770] sorélla

[771] figliuólo

[772] onorataménte

[773] spléndido

[774] triónfo

[775] rinunziáre

[776] autorità

[777] spontaneaménte

[778] ritirársi

[779] dispósto

[780] autorità

[781] collega

[782] inclinazióne

[783] succédere

[784] Costánzo Cloro

[785] Galério Massimiáno Armentário

[786] proclamáto

[787] nipóte

[788] dichiaráto

[789] spartíre

[790] tenérsi

[791] último

[792] lasciáre

[793] Illírico

[794] Levánte

[795] governatóre

[796] collocáre

CHAP. X.

(Of Rome, 1044—Of Christ, 304.)

Constantius Chlorus having [1]enjoyed his [2]dignity one year, or as most [3]will have it, two years, [4]died at York. He was [5]mild and [6]civil in his [7]disposition; he would [8]suffer no [9]enquiry to be made after the [10]Christians, and [11]preferred such of his [12]servants as he [13]knew to be of that [14]profession before the [15]rest.

Constantine, his son, [16]began his [17]reign in the year of Christ 306, being 32 or 33 years of age, [18]born of [19]Helen of Bithynia, whom, most [20]authors say, was not, but some, that she was, the [21]lawful [22]wife of Constantius, though of [23]mean [24]birth.

At Rome, [25]Maxentius, the son of [26]Herculius, was [27]proclaimed emperor, by the [28]prætorian [29]bands: he, at first, to [30]gain the [31]people, [32]seemed to [33]favour the [34]Christians; but [35]presently after [36]wallowed in all [37]manner of [38]wickedness and [39]cruelty. Galerius Maximianus [40]sent Severus against him, who, being [41]forsaken by his men, [42]fled to Ravenna; Galerius, upon this, [43]marching for Rome, with his [44]army, was [45]likewise forsaken by his men, and went into [46]Illyricum, where he [47]made Licinius Cæsar. Upon which Herculius [48]being now in hopes of [49]recovering the empire which he had [50]quitted against his [51]will, [52]returned from Lucania to Rome, and [53]advised [54]Dioclesian, [55]living at Carnus in Pannonia, by his [56]letters to him, to [57]do the like, which he [58]refused. He [59]trepanned Severus by [60]perjury, and [61]slew him. Then [62]laying a plot for his son, he was [63]forced to [64]fly from Rome to Constantine in Gaul, to whom he [65]gave his daughter Faustina in [66]marriage. But some time after, having [67]entered into a [68]wicked [69]design against his [70]son-in-law, Constantine, (which was [71]discovered by his daughter), he [72]fled to [73]Marseilles, and there [74]suffered the [75]punishment of his [76]treachery. About this time, Galerius Maximianus [77]died and was by his son-in-law Maxentius [78]enrolled amongst the [79]gods.

In the year 312, [80]Constantine [81]marched against [82]Maxentius, and was [83]encouraged to it by the [84]prodigy of a [85]cross he [86]saw in the [87]heavens. Having [88]passed the [89]Alps, and [90]defeated his generals near Verona, he [91]routed Maxentius himself not far from Rome, who [92]flying over a [93]bridge he had [94]laid upon the [95]Tyber, it [96]broke under him, and he was [97]drowned.

[98]Affairs being [99]settled in the city, Constantine in his [100]way to Germany, at Milan [101]married his sister [102]Constantia to Licinius, who had now been [103]made emperor. The same year Galericus Maximinus, a cruel [104]enemy of the [105]Christians, [106]undertaking a war against both the emperors, was [107]beaten by Licinius in [108]Illyricum, and [109]fled into Asia, where he [110]died a [111]horrible death at Tarsus in Cilicia. Nor did the [112]agreement betwixt the two [113]princes [114]last long; their first [115]rencounter was at Cibalis, a town in Pannonia; after which they had another [116]battle in the [117]plains of Mardia; in both which the [118]Licinians were [119]entirely defeated. At last a [120]peace was [121]made, and the empire again [122]divided.

In the year 324, Licinius [123]taking up arms against Constantine, [124]upon a pretence that he [125]went beyond his [126]bounds, and had [127]broken into his [128]dominions, received a great [129]overthrow near Hadrianople. [130]From thence flying into [131]Byzantium, he was again [132]defeated by [133]sea; and being [134]routed in another [135]battle near [136]Chalcedon, he was [137]taken prisoner by Constantine, from whom he [138]procured his life by the [139]interposition of his sister, and was [140]banished to [141]Thessalonica, where, [142]endeavouring to make a new [143]insurrection, he was [144]put to death.

After this, [145]Crispus Cæsar, his son, by a former [146]wife Minervina, a [147]youth of an [148]extraordinary [149]genius, was put to death upon [150]suspicion of [151]attempting to [152]seduce his [153]step-mother; and the year [154]following, Fausta, being [155]found [156]guilty of [157]falsely [158]accusing him, was [159]suffocated in a hot [160]bath, by [161]order of her [162]husband Constantine.

In this emperor’s time, Byzantium was [163]rebuilt, and [164]enriched with the [165]spoils of almost the whole [166]world; so that it [167]equalled Rome, and [168]took its [169]name from its [170]restorer, being [171]called [172]Constantinople.

After this, having [173]subdued the [174]Sarmatians, and [175]disposed of them in several [176]places of the Roman [177]empire; Constantine died in the [178]suburbs of Nicomedia, where most [179]authors say he was [180]baptised a little before his [181]death.

He [182]left by Fausta, the daughter of Maximianus, three children, [183]heirs of the empire, who [184]divided it amongst them. Constantine the [185]eldest had [186]Gaul, and all [187]beyond the [188]Alps. [189]Constans the [190]youngest had Rome, Italy, Africa, Sicily, and the [191]rest of the [192]islands, Illyricum, [193]Thracia, Macedonia, and [194]Greece. Constantius, the [195]second son, Asia, and the [196]East, with [197]Egypt.

But the brothers did not long [198]agree; four years after his father’s [199]death, Constantine making war upon his brother Constans, and [200]invading his [201]territories, was [202]slain near Aquileia. Constans himself was slain ten years after by [203]Magnentius’s general, Gaison, near the [204]Pyrænean mountains. Constantius was [205]engaged in a [206]dangerous war with this Magnentius. In the [207]battle [208]fought at Morsa in Pannonia, Constantius’s army was [209]worsted in the first [210]attack, but at last [211]came off [212]victorious. Two years after this, Magnentius slew himself at Lyons in [213]despair.

Gallus was [214]declared Cæsar, and [215]governor of the East; but [216]abusing his [217]authority, he was [218]sent for by Constantius, and [219]put to death in Illyricum. [220]Julian, his brother, was [221]saved by the [222]interposition of Eusebia, Constantius’s [223]wife, and sent to Athens to [224]study. He was afterwards [225]advanced to the [226]dignity of Cæsar, [227]married to the emperor’s sister [228]Helen, and was [229]made governor of [230]Gaul, where he was very [231]successful against the [232]Germans, [233]Franks, and [234]Alemans; he [235]sent the [236]king of the Alemans a [237]prisoner to Constantius at Rome, who [238]envying his [239]success, [240]endeavoured to [241]draw his soldiers from him, and [242]send them into the [243]East against the Persians. But they [244]proclaimed Julian emperor at [245]Paris, [246]whilst Constantius was [247]preparing for a war against the Persians. [248]As soon as he [249]understood this, he [250]marched against Julian, but died on the [251]road near Tarsus.

Julian, after the death of Constantius, was sole [252]master of the empire. He [253]killed, or [254]banished all the [255]friends of Constantius; [256]opened the [257]temples of the [258]idols, and [259]abjuring the [260]Christian [261]faith, was [262]consecrated [263]high-priest, [264]according to the [265]rites of the [266]pagan [267]religion. He made war against the Persians, and was [268]slain in it. They say that, when he [269]perceived his [270]wound to be [271]mortal, he [272]received the [273]blood in his [274]hand, and [275]threw it up [276]towards [277]heaven, with these [278]words: “Thou hast [279]conquered me, O [280]Galilæan!” [281]meaning [282]Christ, whose religion he had [283]abjured, and hence was called Julian the Apostate.

After the death of Julian, [284]Jovian, a [285]native of Pannonia, was [286]proclaimed emperor by the [287]soldiers. He [288]ordered the temples of the idols to be [289]shut up, and their [290]sacrifices to be [291]abolished. He made an [292]inglorious peace with Sapor, king of the Persians, for thirty years, by which he [293]yielded up Nisibis, and the greatest [294]part of Mesopotamia. He died in his [295]return to Constantinople, in the [296]confines of Galatea and Bithynia.

In the year of Christ 364, [297]Valentinian was [298]chosen emperor at Nice, and not long after [299]gave the [300]title of [301]Augustus to his brother [302]Valens; and [303]leaving him in the East, [304]came into the [305]West himself. He had a great many good [306]qualities, but was [307]particularly [308]famed for his [309]love of [310]justice. He made war against the Alemanni, [311]Saxons, Quadri, and other [312]nations. He [313]died in Pannonia, of an [314]apoplexy, in the 55th year of his [315]age, and the 12th of his [316]reign.

His brother Valens [317]suppressed Procopius, a [318]relation of [319]Julian, who had [320]assumed the [321]purple at Constantinople. After which he made war with the [322]Goths; but upon the [323]suit of their king [324]Athanaricus, [325]granted them a [326]peace, in the year 369. Ten years after this, Athanaricus with Fritigernes, were [327]driven out of their [328]country by the [329]Huns, and were [330]kindly [331]received by Valens, and [332]settled with their Goths in [333]Thrace. They afterwards excited an [334]insurrection against the Romans, and Valens being [335]wounded in a [336]battle with them, near [337]Hadrianople, was [338]burnt [339]alive by the barbarians, in a [340]cottage he [341]fled to. He reigned fourteen years and four months.

The emperor Valentinian had two sons, [342]Gratian and Valentinian. The former he [343]declared Augustus in Gaul, in the year 367; and his other son was [344]immediately after the death of his father [345]advanced to the same [346]dignity by the soldiers, in the year 375, and the 10th year of his age. Gratian had an [347]aversion to [348]public [349]business. After the death of Valens, the Goths [350]over-running Thrace, and other [351]provinces of the Roman empire, not [352]being able alone to [353]bear the [354]burthen, he [355]sent for [356]Theodosius out of [357]Spain, and made him his [358]associate, who was then in the 33rd year of his age.

Theodosius having [359]conquered the barbarians, [360]restored the public [361]peace. At last the whole [362]nation of the Goths, with their king, [363]delivered themselves up to the Romans, to whom the emperor [364]assigned [365]lands. After these things, Maximus [366]seized the [367]government in [368]Britain, in the year 382; and having [369]fixed his imperial [370]seat at Triers, [371]basely killed Gratian at Lyons, after he had been [372]forsaken by his army; but Theodosius [373]revenged his death, and [374]likewise [375]re-established Valentinian the [376]younger, who had been [377]obliged to [378]quit Italy. This [379]happened in the year 388, in which he [380]overthrew and killed Maximus near Aquileia. Theodosius had all the [381]accomplishments [382]becoming a Christian emperor: [383]inferior to none of the [384]foregoing or [385]following princes; a [386]consummate general, never [387]undertaking any war but such as was [388]necessary; of [389]singular [390]clemency and [391]humanity, yet a little [392]inclined to [393]passion.

In the year 391, Eugenius, [394]supported by the [395]power of Arbogastes, [396]set up for emperor, and in the following year, Valentinian was slain at Vienne in Gaul, by the same Arbogastes. Two years after, [397]Eugenius was [398]routed, [399]taken prisoner, and put to [400]death by Theodosius. Arbogastes was his own [401]executioner. The year following, 395, this excellent emperor died at Milan, after a reign of sixteen years.

Theodosius [402]left two sons, [403]Arcadius and [404]Honorius; to the [405]former he [406]gave the [407]East, to the [408]latter the [409]West. Arcadius, [410]immediately after his father’s death, [411]married Eudoxia, which [412]match was [413]brought about by Eutropius, [414]for fear of his [415]taking to wife Ruffinus’s daughter. This Ruffinus in the East, and Stilicho in the West, were at that time two men of the greatest [416]eminence and [417]power in the empire. Stilicho, after the death of Theodosius, [418]laying claim to the [419]management of both the Eastern and Western empires, and [420]marching [421]Eastward, Ruffinus [422]endeavoured [423]to hinder him, by [424]posting his [425]troops in all the [426]passages into [427]Greece, and [428]sent for Alaricus, king of the Goths, who [429]over-ran Greece, but was [430]defeated by Stilicho. At last, Ruffinus was [431]slain by the [432]soldiers, the same year in which Theodosius died. After his death, Eutropius [433]became very intimate with Arcadius, but was at last [434]disgraced and slain, in the very year in which he was [435]consul. In 403, died Arcadius, a prince of a [436]peaceable, but [437]indolent [438]temper, and too much [439]governed by his [440]wife. He left the [441]guardianship of his son, by [442]will, to Jezdegirdes, king of the [443]Persians, who [444]faithfully [445]executed that [446]trust, and [447]committed the [448]care of his [449]ward to Antiochus, a very [450]learned man, who [451]threatened to make war upon any that should [452]offer to [453]disturb him.

In the West, the [454]frequent [455]invasions of the barbarians were almost [456]fatal to the Roman [457]state. Radagisus, king of the Goths, with four, or as [458]others [459]say, two hundred thousand men, [460]invaded Italy, who were very [461]happily [462]cut off by Stilicho, the general himself being [463]taken and [464]slain. After Alaricus, a king of the [465]Goths, having [466]laid [467]Greece waste, and [468]continued a long time in [469]Epirus, at the [470]instigation of Stilicho, who was [471]desirous to [472]take [473]Illyricum from Arcadius, in order to [474]annex it to the [475]dominions of Honorius, afterwards [476]penetrated into Italy. To [477]get rid of him, Honorius [478]gave him [479]Spain and Gaul to [480]live in, himself not being in a condition to [481]keep those [482]provinces. As Alaricus was [483]marching thither, Saul, a [484]pagan general, whom Stilicho had [485]placed at the [486]head of an army, [487]falling upon the Barbarians, was [488]defeated by them. This [489]success so [490]elevated Alaricus, that [491]quitting his [492]former [493]design, he [494]over-ran Italy, and [495]took Rome: but before this, Stilicho was [496]put to death by the [497]order of Honorius. For, after the death of Theodosius, [498]designing to get the empire to himself and to make his son [499]Eucherius, who was a [500]pagan, and an enemy to the [501]Christians, emperor; the better to [502]accomplish his [503]design, he [504]resolved to [505]throw all into [506]confusion. [507]Wherefore he sent for the Barbarians to [508]ravage the empire, and [509]let the Alans, the Vandals, the Suevi, and the Burgundians, loose upon France and Spain. His [510]relation to the emperor [511]encouraged him in it; for he had Serena, the daughter of Theodosius’s brother, in [512]marriage, and had [513]disposed of the two daughters he had by her, first, [514]Mary, and after her death, [515]Termantia, in marriage to Honorius. But these [516]intrigues being [517]discovered by [518]Olympius, in the year of Christ 408, he was slain by the [519]hands of [520]Heraclius. The year following, Eucherius was [521]put to death, with his mother Serena. After Stilicho was [522]taken off, Alaricus was [523]desirous to [524]come to an [525]accommodation with Honorius, but was [526]foolishly [527]rejected. Wherefore, with a [528]body of [529]Goths, and [530]Huns, in [531]conjunction with his wife’s brother [532]Athaulfus, he [533]laid siege to Rome, and [534]carried it in the year 410. The [535]plunder of it he [536]gave to his soldiers, but with orders that all such as [537]fled to the [538]churches, [539]especially those of [540]Peter and [541]Paul, should have [542]quarter given them. He then [543]went to [544]Rhegium, in order to [545]pass over into Sicily and Africa, but there [546]died. He was [547]succeeded by Athaulfus, who [548]plundered Rome again, [549]carried off Placidia the emperor’s sister, and [550]married her.

During this [551]storm in Italy, the same [552]calamity [553]fell upon Gaul and Spain. The Alans, Vandals, Suevans, [554]laid waste Gaul, passed the [555]Pyrenæan mountains, and [556]made themselves [557]masters of Spain in the year 409. The Vandals and Suevans [558]seized upon Galæcia; the Alans, Lusitania and the [559]province of [560]Carthage; the [561]Silingans, which was another [562]branch of the Vandals, Bœtica.

After the [563]breaking in of the Goths in 410, [564]divers [565]pretenders to the empire [566]started up in [567]several [568]places. First Attalus was [569]made emperor, by the [570]senate, at the [571]command of Alaricus. He [572]proudly [573]rejected Honorius, who [574]offered by his [575]ambassadors to [576]receive him as his [577]partner in the empire, but was [578]obliged by Alaricus to [579]return to a [580]private [581]condition, and was afterwards [582]put up and [583]down again several times. At length, [584]renewing his [585]pretensions in Gaul, but not being [586]supported by the [587]Goths, he was [588]taken [589]prisoner, and [590]put into the [591]hands of Honorius, who [592]spared his [593]life, but [594]cut off one of his hands.

[595]Martius Gratianus, and Constantine in [596]Britain, [597]usurped the [598]supreme [599]power, and were [600]taken off. [601]Jovin and [602]Sebastian, two brothers, then [603]pretended to the empire; but were [604]taken and [605]slain by [606]Athaulfus, king of the Goths. [607]Heraclianus was set up in Africa, and [608]venturing over into Italy against Honorius, was [609]routed by Marinus at [610]Utriculum; and [611]returning into Africa, was slain at [612]Carthage.

In the year 415, Athaulfus was slain by a Goth, and [613]succeeded by Sigericus, who was destroyed seven days after; and succeeded by Vuallia, who [614]made peace with the Romans, and [615]restored Placidia to Honorius; after which he made war against the Alans, Vandals, Suevi, and other [616]nations, who had [617]settled in Spain. Honorius [618]married Placidia against her [619]will to [620]Constantius Comes, who [621]confirmed the peace with Vuallia, [622]sent for him back into Gaul, and [623]gave him that part of [624]Aquitain which [625]lies betwixt Thoulouse and the [626]sea, to [627]live in. Upon this, Thoulouse [628]became the [629]capital of the [630]Gothic, or [631]Visigothic [632]kingdom in Gaul. This [633]happened in the year 419. In the year following, Honorius, against his [634]will, made Constantius his [635]companion in the empire, who died seven months after, as did Honorius himself in the year 428.

He was [636]succeeded by Valentinian his sister’s son. In his reign the Vandals, whom Boniface had hitherto [637]repulsed from the [638]shores of Africa, [639]entered it from Spain, under the [640]command of Geisericus. For Boniface being [641]impeached by [642]Ætius of [643]high-treason, and [644]Sigisvulphus being [645]sent against him, [646]finding himself not a [647]match for the Romans, [648]fled to the Vandals for [649]assistance, with whom he had [650]contracted an [651]alliance before. Wherefore in the year 427, Geisericus, with 80,000 Vandals and Alans, [652]passed over into Africa, and [653]made himself master of it. In the mean time, Boniface being [654]reconciled to Placidia, and not [655]being able to [656]persuade the Barbarians, to [657]return home, [658]endeavoured to [659]oblige them, by [660]force of arms, and was [661]routed. He then [662]went to Rome, and died there soon after.

Ætius in Gaul [663]sustained his part very well for the Romans, against the Franks, Goths, Burgundians, Huns, and other Barbarians. Ætius had [664]sent for the Huns to his assistance against the Goths. In the year 434, Honoria, the sister of Valentinian, being [665]banished the [666]court for [667]improper conduct with her [668]steward, and sent to Theodosius, emperor of the [669]East, [670]engaged Attila, king of the Huns, to make war upon the [671]West. [672]Litorius, a Roman general, having the [673]command of them, whilst he [674]endeavoured to [675]eclipse the [676]glory of Ætius, was so [677]foolish as to [678]regard the [679]answers of [680]soothsayers and [681]fortune-tellers, and [682]rashly [683]engaged [684]Theodoricus, king of the Goths, who by the most [685]abject [686]submission [687]declined the war, and after a great [688]overthrow was [689]taken and [690]slain in the year 439, in which [691]Carthage was [692]surprised by the Vandals. At last, in the year 442, Valentinian [693]renewed the peace with Geisericus, and Africa was [694]divided between them.

In the year 450, Attila [695]marched into Gaul, which at that time the [696]Visigoths, Franks, Burgundians, Alans, and other Barbarians, were in [697]possession of. Part of the Romans [698]reluctantly [699]remained under the [700]command of Ætius, who alone at that time [701]kept the [702]western [703]empire from [704]falling [705]to utter [706]ruin. Attila [707]laid siege to Aurelia, but Ætius [708]coming upon him, [709]obliged him to [710]raise the [711]siege, and [712]pursued him into Gallia, and Belgium then [713]overthrew him, in a great [714]battle [715]fought on the [716]plains of Catalonia. There were [717]slain on both [718]sides at least 170,000, and amongst them Theodoricus king of the Goths. It is [719]certain the Huns might have been [720]utterly [721]destroyed, if Ætius had not [722]been afraid, that in the event of the Huns being [723]entirely [724]cut off, the Goths would be [725]insupportable in Gaul.

Attila having [726]unexpectedly [727]escaped, [728]poured his [729]troops into Italy, where he laid siege to Aquileia, and [730]levelled it with the ground. He afterwards [731]laid waste [732]Milan, [733]Ticinum, and other [734]towns; and [735]marching for Rome, was so [736]wrought upon by an [737]embassy from [738]Leo, who [739]met him at the [740]river Mincius, that he [741]went into his own [742]country; afterwards [743]returning into Gaul against the Alans, who had [744]posted themselves beyond the Loire, he was again [745]defeated by [746]Thorismundus, as he had been in the [747]plains of Catalonia; and in the year 454, after an [748]excess of [749]wine, died of [750]vomiting [751]blood.

It is [752]said the city of [753]Venice [754]owes its [755]origin to that [756]inroad of the Barbarians, most of the Italians, [757]especially those of [758]Patavium, [759]flying from the [760]fire and [761]ruins of their cities to some [762]rocks and [763]desert [764]islands in the [765]sea for [766]refuge.

Valentinian, upon the death of his mother Placidia, [767]let loose the [768]reins of [769]power and [770]abused his [771]authority, for the [772]gratification of his [773]baseness and [774]cruelty. He [775]seduced the [776]wife of Maximus the senator, [777]put Ætius to death, after Maximus had by his [778]crafty [779]contrivances [780]rendered him [781]suspected, in the year 454; and the year following, by the contrivance of the same Maximus, he was [782]stabbed by Ætius’s [783]life-guard in the [784]field of [785]Mars, being thirty-six years of age, and in the 31st of his reign. [786]Eudoxia, the [787]consort of Valentinian, to [788]revenge the death of her [789]husband, [790]sent for Gensericus out of Africa, into Italy. Maximus, upon his [791]arrival, [792]endeavoured to [793]save himself by [794]flight, but was [795]torn in pieces by his own men, and [796]thrown into the [797]Tiber, after a [798]reign of [799]hardly two [800]months. Gensericus, after he had [801]taken the city, was so [802]affected by an [803]address of [804]Pope Leo’s, that he did not [805]set it on fire, or [806]put any to the sword; but [807]made plunder of all the [808]wealth of the [809]place, both [810]sacred and [811]profane, for fourteen days together; and [812]carried off Eudoxia, with her two daughters, Eudocia and Placidia, into Africa: the [813]former of which he [814]married to his son [815]Hunericus.

In the mean time, [816]Avitus Gallus being proclaimed emperor by the [817]Gallic [818]army at Thoulouse, made peace with the Goths; at whose [819]persuasion, Theodoric [820]entering Spain, [821]conquered the Suevi, and [822]killed their king [823]Richiarius in the year 456.

After him, [824]Majorianus [825]took the [826]government upon him at Ravenna; a [827]prince of a [828]great [829]soul, who being [830]desirous to [831]recover Africa, was going to Gensericus, under the [832]title of [833]ambassador; but being [834]seized by Ricimer at Dertona, and [835]obliged to [836]resign, was [837]put to death in the year 461, after a reign of four years and four months.

Ricimer [838]raised Severus for emperor, [839]according to an [840]agreement between them, and [841]poisoned him in the fourth year of his reign.

After this, there was an [842]interregnum of a year, and some months, till Anthemius was [843]sent into the West by [844]Leo, emperor of the [845]East, between whom and [846]Ricimer, it had been [847]agreed he should be [848]declared emperor, and his daughter should [849]marry Ricimer. Thus the barbarian being [850]made Anthemius’s [851]son-in-law, with his [852]wonted [853]treachery, first [854]raised a civil war against him, and then [855]put him to death at Rome, after he had [856]reigned five years and some months.

[857]Olybrius was then [858]put up in the [859]room of Anthemius by Ricimer, who [860]died forty days after Anthemius’s death: nor [861]was he long survived by Olybrius, for he died the same year, about seven months after his [862]promotion.

[863]He was followed by [864]Glycerius, who [865]took the [866]government upon himself at Ravenna, in the year 473, and reigned a year and four months. He was [867]succeeded by [868]Julius Nepos, who was [869]killed about five years after his [870]advancement.

[871]Momyllus, who was [872]likewise [873]called [874]Augustulus, was [875]set up by his father [876]Orestes, being the [877]last of all the emperors in the [878]West; for [879]Odouacer, king of the [880]Turcilingans, with the [881]Scyrans, and [882]Herulans, [883]seized Italy, and after having [884]slain Orestes and his brother [885]Paul, [886]banished Augustus into Campania. Thus [887]ended the [888]empire of the West. In the year of [889]Christ 476.

FOOTNOTES

[1] godúto

[2] dignità

[3] pretendere

[4] moríre

[5] affábile

[6] civíle

[7] natura

[8] permettere

[9] ricerche

[10] Cristiáno

[11] preferíre

[12] servitóre

[13] sapére

[14] professióne

[15] altro

[16] principiáre

[17] regno

[18] nato

[19] Élena

[20] autóre

[21] legíttimo

[22] moglie

[23] basso

[24] nascita

[25] Massénzio

[26] Ercúlio

[27] proclamáto

[28] pretoriáno

[29] guardia

[30] guadagnáre

[31] pópolo

[32] parére

[33] favoreggiáre

[34] Cristiáno

[35] poco dopo

[36] voltolársi

[37] sorte

[38] dissolutézza

[39] crudeltà

[40] mandáre

[41] abbandonáto

[42] fuggire

[43] marciáre

[44] armáta

[45] pariménte

[46] Illírico

[47] fare

[48] speráre

[49] ricuperáre

[50] lasciáto

[51] voglia

[52] ritornáre

[53] consigliáre

[54] Diocleziáno

[55] dimoráre

[56] léttera

[57] fare

[58] ricusáre

[59] adescáre

[60] spergiúro

[61] uccídere

[62] fare una congiúra

[63] forzáto

[64] fuggíre

[65] dare

[66] matrimónio

[67] entráto

[68] cattivo

[69] diségno

[70] género

[71] scopérto

[72] rifugiársi

[73] Marsíglia

[74] soffríre

[75] castígo

[76] tradiménto

[77] moríre

[78] annoveráre

[79] nume

[80] Costantíno

[81] marciáre

[82] Massénzio

[83] incorraggíto

[84] prodígio

[85] croce

[86] vedére

[87] ciélo

[88] traversáto

[89] Alpi

[90] sconfítto

[91] méttere in rotta

[92] fuggíre

[93] ponte

[94] messo

[95] Tévere

[96] rompérsi

[97] annegáto

[98] affáre

[99] regoláto

[100] gita

[101] maritáre

[102] Costánza

[103] fatto

[104] nemíco

[105] Cristiáno

[106] intrapréndere

[107] battúto

[108] Illírico

[109] fuggíre

[110] moríre

[111] orríbile

[112] patto

[113] príncipe

[114] duráre

[115] combattiménto

[116] battáglia

[117] pianúre

[118] Liciniáni

[119] affátto

[120] pace

[121] fatto

[122] divíso

[123] préndere

[124] sotto pretésto

[125] passáre

[126] límite

[127] sforzáto

[128] stato

[129] sconfítta vicino Adrianopoli

[130] di là fuggíre

[131] Bisánzio

[132] sconfítto

[133] mare

[134] messo in rotta

[135] battáglia

[136] Calcedónia

[137] fatto prigioniéro

[138] ottenére

[139] interposizióne

[140] bandíto

[141] Tessalónica

[142] cercáre

[143] sollevazióne

[144] messo

[145] Crispo Césare

[146] moglie

[147] gióvine

[148] straordinário

[149] génio

[150] sospétto

[151] tentáre

[152] sedúrre

[153] matrígna

[154] seguénte

[155] trováto

[156] colpévole

[157] falsaménte

[158] accusáre

[159] soffogáto

[160] bagno

[161] órdine

[162] maríto

[163] rifabbricáto

[164] arricchíto

[165] spóglia

[166] mondo

[167] uguagliáre

[168] préndere

[169] nome

[170] ristauratore

[171] chiamáta

[172] Costantinópoli

[173] soggiogáto

[174] Sarmáti

[175] mandáto

[176] luógo

[177] império

[178] sobbórgo

[179] autóre

[180] battezzáto

[181] morte

[182] lasciáre

[183] erede

[184] divídere

[185] primogénito

[186] Gállia

[187] di là dell’

[188] Alpi

[189] Costánte

[190] gióvine

[191] resto

[192] ísola

[193] Trácia

[194] Grécia

[195] secóndogénito

[196] Levánte

[197] Egítto

[198] accordársi

[199] morte

[200] invádere

[201] território

[202] uccíso

[203] Magnénzio

[204] Pirenéi

[205] impegnáto

[206] pericolóso

[207] battáglia

[208] dato

[209] soprafátto

[210] assálto

[211] sortire

[212] vittorióso

[213] disperazióne

[214] dichiaráto

[215] governatóre

[216] abusáre

[217] autorità

[218] mandáto a cercáre

[219] messo

[220] Giuliáno

[221] salváto

[222] interposizióne

[223] consórte

[224] studiáre

[225] promosso

[226] dignità

[227] maritáto

[228] Élena

[229] fatto

[230] Gállia

[231] fortunáto

[232] Alemanni

[233] Franchi

[234] Alemánni

[235] mandáre

[236] Re

[237] prigioniéro

[238] invidiáre

[239] succésso

[240] procuráre

[241] levare

[242] mandáre

[243] Levánte

[244] proclamáre

[245] Parígi

[246] mentre

[247] preparársi

[248] súbito che

[249] inténdere

[250] marciáre

[251] in viaggio

[252] padróne

[253] uccídere

[254] bandíre

[255] amíco

[256] apríre

[257] témpio

[258] ídolo

[259] abjuráre

[260] Cristiáno

[261] fede

[262] consacráto

[263] gran prete

[264] secóndo

[265] rito

[266] pagáno

[267] religióne

[268] uccíso

[269] accórgersi

[270] ferita

[271] mortále

[272] raccogliere

[273] sangue

[274] mano

[275] gettáre

[276] verso

[277] ciélo

[278] paróla

[279] vinto

[280] Galiléo

[281] voler dire

[282] Cristo

[283] abjuráre

[284] Gioviáno

[285] natívo

[286] proclamáto

[287] soldáto

[288] fare

[289] chiúdere

[290] sacrifízio

[291] abbolíre

[292] disonorevole

[293] cédere

[294] parte

[295] ritorno

[296] confíni

[297] Valentiniáno

[298] elétto

[299] dare

[300] títolo

[301] Augústo

[302] Valénte

[303] lasciáre

[304] veníre

[305] Occidénte

[306] qualità

[307] particolarménte

[308] distinto

[309] amóre

[310] giustízia

[311] Sássoni

[312] nazióne

[313] moríre

[314] apopléssia

[315] età

[316] regno

[317] reprímere

[318] parénte

[319] Giuliáno

[320] assúmere

[321] pórpora

[322] Goti

[323] sollecitazióne

[324] Atanárico

[325] accordáre

[326] pace

[327] scacciáto

[328] pátria

[329] Unni

[330] corteseménte

[331] ricevúto

[332] stabilírsi

[333] Trácia

[334] rivólta

[335] feríto

[336] battáglia

[337] Adrianópoli

[338] bruciáto

[339] vivo

[340] capánna

[341] rifugiársi

[342] Graziáno

[343] dichiaráre

[344] súbito

[345] promósso

[346] dignità

[347] avversióne

[348] púbblico

[349] affáre

[350] inondáre

[351] província

[352] non potére

[353] sopportáre

[354] peso

[355] far veníre

[356] Teodósio

[357] Spagna

[358] compágno

[359] battuto

[360] ristabilíre

[361] pace

[362] nazióne

[363] arrendérsi

[364] assegnáre

[365] terra

[366] usurpáre

[367] govérno

[368] Brettágna

[369] fissáto

[370] séggio

[371] in modo viliacco

[372] abbandonáto

[373] vendicársi

[374] pariménte

[375] ristabilíre

[376] gióvine

[377] obbligáto

[378] lasciáre

[379] succédere

[380] sconfíggere

[381] qualità

[382] convenévole

[383] inferióre

[384] precedénte

[385] seguénte

[386] consumáto

[387] intrapréndere

[388] necessário

[389] singoláre

[390] cleménza

[391] umanità

[392] inclináto

[393] cóllera

[394] sostenúto

[395] poténza

[396] farsi

[397] Eugénio

[398] sconfítto

[399] fatto

[400] morte

[401] carnéfice

[402] lasciáre

[403] Arcádio

[404] Onório

[405] primo

[406] dare

[407] Levánte

[408] último

[409] occidénte

[410] súbito

[411] sposáre

[412] matrimónio

[413] procurato

[414] di paura che

[415] pigliáre

[416] elevazione

[417] potére

[418] preténdere

[419] governo

[420] marciáre

[421] verso il levánte

[422] cercáre

[423] impedíre

[424] collocáre

[425] truppa

[426] passággio

[427] Grécia

[428] fare veníre

[429] trascórrere

[430] sconfítto

[431] uccíso

[432] soldáto

[433] diventáre

[434] disgraziáto

[435] consóle

[436] pacífico

[437] indolénte

[438] natúra

[439] governáto

[440] moglie

[441] tutéla

[442] testaménto

[443] Persiáno

[444] fedelménte

[445] eseguíre

[446] incombénza

[447] riméttere

[448] cura

[449] pupíllo

[450] sapiénte

[451] minacciáre

[452] tentáre

[453] molestáre

[454] frequénte

[455] invasióne

[456] fatále

[457] stato

[458] altro

[459] dire

[460] invádere

[461] fortunataménte

[462] tagliáto a pezzi

[463] preso

[464] uccíso

[465] Goti

[466] desoláto

[467] Grécia

[468] continuáto

[469] Epíro

[470] istigazióne

[471] desideráre

[472] préndere

[473] Illírico

[474] aggiúngere

[475] stato

[476] penetráre

[477] disfársi

[478] dare

[479] Spágna

[480] per suo státo

[481] mantenére

[482] província

[483] marciáre

[484] pagáno

[485] messo

[486] tésta

[487] attaccáre

[488] sconfítto

[489] succésso

[490] gonfiáre

[491] desístere

[492] primo

[493] diségno

[494] trascórrere

[495] préndere

[496] messo

[497] órdine

[498] propórsi

[499] Euchério

[500] pagáno

[501] Cristiáno

[502] compíre

[503] diségno

[504] risólvere

[505] méttere

[506] confusióne

[507] perciò

[508] saccheggiáre

[509] scatenáre

[510] affinità

[511] incorragíre

[512] matrimónio

[513] dare

[514] Maria

[515] Termánzia

[516] manéggio

[517] scopérto

[518] Olímpio

[519] mano

[520] Eráclio

[521] messo

[522] uccíso

[523] desideróso

[524] veníre

[525] accommodaménto

[526] scioccaménte

[527] rigettáto

[528] corpo

[529] Goti

[530] Unni

[531] congiúnzione

[532] Ataúlfo

[533] assediáre

[534] víncere

[535] bottíno

[536] dare

[537] rifugiársi

[538] chiésa

[539] specialmente

[540] Piétro

[541] Páolo

[542] fossero salve

[543] andáre

[544] Réggio

[545] passáre

[546] moríre

[547] succédere

[548] sacchegíáre

[549] portár via

[550] sposáre

[551] tempésta

[552] calamità

[553] attaccáre

[554] desoláre

[555] Pirenéi

[556] rendérsi

[557] padróne

[558] impossessársi

[559] província

[560] Cartágine

[561] Silingáni

[562] distaccamento

[563] incursióne

[564] divérso

[565] pretendénte

[566] levársi

[567] divérso

[568] luógo

[569] fato

[570] senáto

[571] comándo

[572] superbaménte

[573] rigettáre

[574] offeríre

[575] ambasciadóre

[576] ricévere

[577] compágno

[578] obbligáto

[579] ritornáre

[580] priváto

[581] stato

[582] esaltáto

[583] depósto

[584] rinnováre

[585] pretensióne

[586] sopportáto

[587] Goti

[588] fatto

[589] prigioniéro

[590] messo

[591] mano

[592] risparmiáre

[593] vita

[594] tagliáre

[595] Marco Graziáno

[596] Brettágna

[597] usurpáre

[598] suprémo

[599] potére

[600] uccíso

[601] Giovíno

[602] Sebastiáno

[603] preténdere

[604] preso

[605] uccíso

[606] Ataúlfo

[607] Eracliáno

[608] avventuráre di passáre

[609] sconfítto

[610] Otrículo

[611] ritornáre

[612] Cartágine

[613] succédere

[614] far pace

[615] restituíre

[616] nazióne

[617] stabilíto

[618] maritáre

[619] volontà

[620] Costánzo Cométe

[621] confermáre

[622] far ritornáre

[623] dare

[624] Aquitánia

[625] giáce

[626] mare

[627] dimoráre

[628] diveníre

[629] capitále

[630] Gótico

[631] Visigótico

[632] regno

[633] succédere

[634] volontà

[635] compágno

[636] succéssegli

[637] rispinto

[638] costa

[639] entráre

[640] comándo

[641] accusáto

[642] Ézio

[643] delítto di lesa maestà

[644] Sigisvúlfo

[645] mandáto

[646] trovársi

[647] uguále

[648] ricórrere

[649] assisténza

[650] contrattáto

[651] lega

[652] passáre

[653] impadronírsi

[654] riconciliáto

[655] potére

[656] persuadére

[657] ritornáre nel loro paese

[658] procuráre

[659] obbligáre

[660] forza delle armi

[661] sconfítto

[662] andáre

[663] sostenére

[664] mandáto a cercáre

[665] bandíto

[666] corte

[667] disonestà

[668] maggiordómo

[669] Levánte

[670] impegnáre

[671] Occidénte

[672] Litório

[673] comándo

[674] procuráre

[675] eclissáre

[676] glória

[677] stolto

[678] badáre

[679] rispósta

[680] astrólogo

[681] indovíno

[682] temerariaménte

[683] attaccáre

[684] Teodoríco

[685] abbietto

[686] sommissióne

[687] sfuggíre

[688] sconfítta

[689] preso

[690] uccíso

[691] Cartágine

[692] sorpréso

[693] rinnováre

[694] spartíto

[695] marciáre

[696] Visigóti

[697] possésso

[698] malvolontiéri

[699] rimanére

[700] comándo

[701] impedíre

[702] occidentále

[703] império

[704] cascáre

[705] totále

[706] rovína

[707] assediáre

[708] veníre addósso

[709] forzáre

[710] leváre

[711] assédio

[712] incalzáre

[713] rómpere

[714] battáglia

[715] dato

[716] pianúra

[717] uccíso

[718] banda

[719] certo

[720] affátto

[721] distrútto

[722] aver paúra

[723] interaménte

[724] sconfítto

[725] insoportábile

[726] impensataménte

[727] scappáto

[728] inondáre colle sue

[729] truppe

[730] spianáre

[731] devastáre

[732] Miláno

[733] Ticíno

[734] città

[735] marciáre

[736] commosso

[737] ambasciáta

[738] Leóne

[739] incontráre

[740] fiúme Míncio

[741] ritirársi

[742] paése

[743] tornáre

[744] messo

[745] sconfítto

[746] Torrismóndo

[747] pianúra

[748] stravízzo

[749] vino

[750] vómito

[751] sangue

[752] dire

[753] Venézia

[754] dovére

[755] orígine

[756] incursióne

[757] specialménte

[758] Padova

[759] fuggíre

[760] fuóco

[761] rovína

[762] scóglio

[763] disabitáto

[764] ísola

[765] mare

[766] a rifúgiarsi

[767] rilasciáre

[768] freno

[769] dissolutézza

[770] abusáre

[771] autorità

[772] soddisfazióne

[773] sensualità

[774] crudeltà

[775] sedúrre

[776] móglie

[777] méttere

[778] maligno

[779] invenzióne

[780] reso

[781] sospétto

[782] pugnaláto

[783] guárdia di corpo

[784] campo

[785] Marte

[786] Eudóssia

[787] consórte

[788] vendicáre

[789] maríto

[790] far veníre

[791] arriváre

[792] procuráre

[793] salvársi

[794] fuga

[795] fatto a pezzi

[796] gettáto

[797] Tévere

[798] regno

[799] appéna

[800] mese

[801] preso

[802] commosso

[803] súpplica

[804] papa Leóne

[805] méttere il fuóco

[806] méttere a fil di spada

[807] predáre

[808] ricchézza

[809] piázza

[810] sacro

[811] profáno

[812] portár via

[813] primo

[814] maritáre

[815] Uneríco

[816] Avíto Gallo

[817] Gállico

[818] armáto

[819] persuasióne

[820] entráre

[821] conquistáre

[822] uccídere

[823] Ricciário

[824] Maggioriáno

[825] préndere

[826] govérno

[827] príncipe

[828] gran

[829] mente

[830] bramóso

[831] ricuperáre

[832] títolo

[833] ambasciadóre

[834] arrestáto

[835] obbligáto

[836] rassegnáre

[837] messo

[838] innalzáre all’impero

[839] secóndo

[840] patto

[841] avvelenáre

[842] interrégno

[843] mandáto

[844] Leóne

[845] Oriente

[846] Ricímero

[847] convenúto

[848] dichiaráto

[849] sposáre

[850] divenuto

[851] género

[852] sólito

[853] perfídia

[854] suscitáre

[855] méttere

[856] regnáto

[857] Olíbrio

[858] messo

[859] luógo

[860] moríre

[861] sopravisse a questi lungo tempo

[862] promozióne

[863] venne dopo lui

[864] Glicério

[865] préndere

[866] govérno

[867] succédere

[868] Giúlio Nepóte

[869] uccíso

[870] elevazióne

[871] Momíllo

[872] pariménte

[873] chiamáto

[874] Augústolo

[875] innalzáto

[876] Oréste

[877] último

[878] Occidénte

[879] Odouácro

[880] Turcilingáni

[881] Sciráni

[882] Éruli

[883] usurpáre

[884] uccíso

[885] Páolo

[886] bandíre

[887] finíre

[888] império

[889] Cristo

FINE.

Printed by T. C. Hansard, Peterborough-court, Fleet-street, London.